8. liquid handling

139
829 8. Liquid Handling Contents GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19 Volumetric apparatus 830 Measuring cylinders ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 830 Mixing cylinders ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 834 Graduated flasks............................................................................................................................................................................................ 835 Pipettes 842 Volumetric pipettes ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 842 Graduated pipettes ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 846 Pasteur pipettes............................................................................................................................................................................................. 852 Serological pipettes ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 857 Pipette balls .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 858 Pipettes Accessories ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 859 Capillary tubes .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 862 Pipette controllers .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 865 Microlitre pipettes .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 868 Positive displacement pipettes ......................................................................................................................................................................... 895 Pipette tips ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 897 Dispensing 914 Hand dispensers ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 914 Bottletop dispensers....................................................................................................................................................................................... 921 Titration 932 Burettes ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 932 Titrators ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 937 Digital burettes.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 943 Pumps 948 Drum pumps ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 948 Peristaltic pumps ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 954 Dosing pumps ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 962 Gear pumps .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 966 Rotary piston pumps ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 967 www.wenk-labtec.com www.wenk-labtec.com

Upload: truongthu

Post on 26-Jan-2017

233 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 8. Liquid Handling

829

8. Liquid HandlingContents

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

Volumetric apparatus 830Measuring cylinders ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 830Mixing cylinders............................................................................................................................................................................................. 834Graduated flasks............................................................................................................................................................................................ 835

Pipettes 842Volumetric pipettes ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 842Graduated pipettes ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 846Pasteur pipettes............................................................................................................................................................................................. 852Serological pipettes........................................................................................................................................................................................ 857Pipette balls .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 858Pipettes Accessories ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 859Capillary tubes .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 862Pipette controllers.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 865Microlitre pipettes .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 868Positive displacement pipettes ......................................................................................................................................................................... 895Pipette tips ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 897

Dispensing 914Hand dispensers ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 914Bottletop dispensers....................................................................................................................................................................................... 921

Titration 932Burettes ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 932Titrators ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 937Digital burettes.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 943

Pumps 948Drum pumps ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 948Peristaltic pumps ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 954Dosing pumps ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 962Gear pumps .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 966Rotary piston pumps ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 967

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 2: 8. Liquid Handling

830

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Measuring cylinders

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Measuring cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class A, blue graduatedBorosilicate glass 3.3. Conformity certified with batch ID. To DIN EN ISO 4788, DIN 12680. High form, hexagonal foot with spout. Calibrated to contain (IN) and all thetolerances are according to DIN/ISO Class A standards.

1

Isolab

Capacity Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml mm510255010025050010002000

0.0500.1000.2500.5000.5001.0002.5005.000

10.000

115140170200260335390470570

111111111

9.274 1709.274 1719.274 1729.274 1739.274 1749.274 1759.274 1769.274 1779.274 178

1

9.274 176

Measuring cylinders, DURAN®, tall form, class A, blue graduationIN (TD) calibrated. With spout and hexagonal glass base. Main point ring graduation.With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. Graduation in durable blue enamel,acc.to DIN EN ISO 4788.For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports)are available.

2

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm510255010025050010002000

0.10.20.511251020

0.050.1

0.250.50.51.02.55.0

10.0

115140170200260335390470500

111111111

9.274 1809.274 1819.274 1829.274 1839.274 1849.274 1859.274 1869.274 1879.274 188

Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia).

2

9.274 184

Measuring cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class A, blue graduated

With spout, tall form. BLAUBRAND®. To DIN EN ISO 4788.DE-M marking with works certified batch number. With spout and hexagonal foot.Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain (IN). All BLAUBRAND® cylindersare delivered with batch number and batch certificate. Also available with individual works, USP, or DAkkS (former DKD)calibration certificate on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

3

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm510255010025050010002000

0.10.20.511251020

0.050.100.250.50.51.02.55.010

115140170200260335365465505

111111111

9.274 1059.274 1089.274 1209.274 1289.274 1389.274 1489.274 1549.274 1629.274 164

3

9.274 138

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 3: 8. Liquid Handling

831

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Measuring cylinders

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Measuring cylinders, DURAN®, tall form, class A, amber stain graduation

IN (TC) calibrated. With spout and hexagonal glass base. Main point ring graduation.With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. With durable amber staingraduation, acc. to DIN EN ISO 4788.For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) areavailable.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm510255010025050010002000

0.10.20.51.01.02.05.010.020.0

0.050.1

0.250.50.51.02.55.0

10.0

115140170200260335390470500

111111111

6.901 3996.250 4136.700 9036.201 1046.303 9886.250 4836.222 3396.200 4966.206 675

1

6.303 988

Measuring cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class A, white graduatedHigh form, hexagonal with spout, foot PP. Borosilicate glass 3.3.Conformity certified with batch ID.To DIN EN ISO 4788, DIN 12680.

2

Isolab

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm1025501002505001000

0.2000.5001.0001.0002.0005.00010.00

0.1000.2500.5000.5001.002.505.00

135160195240320380465

1111111

4.008 3074.008 3086.238 8406.237 7096.237 7104.008 3094.008 310

2

6.237 709

Measuring cylinders, DURAN®, tall form, class B, blue graduationIN (TD) calibrated. With spout and hexagonal glass base, short line. Tolerances betterthan class B requirements. Graduation in durable blue enamel, acc.to DIN EN ISO 4788.

3

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm510255010025050010002000

0.10.20.511251020

0.0750.15

0.3750.750.751.5

3.757.5

15.0

115140170200260335390470500

111111111

9.274 1989.274 1999.274 2009.274 2019.274 2029.274 2039.274 2049.274 2069.274 207

3

9.274 202

Measuring cylinders, DURAN®, tall form, class B, amber stain graduation

IN (TC) calibrated. With spout and hexagonal glass base, short line. Tolerances betterthan class B requirements. With durable amber stain graduation, DIN EN ISO 4788.

4

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm5102550100250500100020005000*

0.10.20.51.01.02.05.010.020.050.0

0.0750.15

0.3750.750.751.53.87.5

15.037.5

115140170200260335390470500650

1111111111

6.078 1596.200 4326.200 4337.200 5086.510 1806.200 4346.510 1816.510 1826.510 1837.510 242

* Supplementary to DIN.

4

6.510 180

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 4: 8. Liquid Handling

832

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Measuring cylinders

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Measuring cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class B, amber graduation

Available with glass, or detachable plastic, feet and PP protective collars (plastic feet and collar are not autoclavable). With spout, tall form. SILBERBRAND Eterna.Class B. To DIN EN ISO 4788. With spout and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna permanent amber stain. Calibrated to contain (IN).

1

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Height Tolerance Foot PK Cat. No.

ml ml mm ± ml510255010025050010002000

0.10.20.511251020

115140170200260335365465505

0.080.150.40.80.81.5

48

15

GlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlass

111111111

9.274 0059.274 0089.274 0209.274 0289.274 0389.274 0489.274 0549.274 0629.274 064

1

9.274 038

Measuring cylinders, DURAN®, low form, class B, amber stain graduation

IN (TC) calibrated. With spout and hexagonal glass base. Tolerances better than class B requirements. Short line graduation. With durable amber stain graduation, DIN EN ISO 4788.

2

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm10255010025050010002000

11225102050

0.30.51.01.02.05.0

10.020.0

100125150170220255295345

11111111

9.274 1909.274 1919.274 1929.274 1939.274 1949.274 1959.274 1969.274 197

2

9.274 193

Measuring cylinders, PP, tall form, class B, blue graduated

Tall form, highly transparent, with blue graduations, hexagonal base, calibrated to contain (IN). Tolerances class B according to DIN 12681/ISO 6706. Exposure to temperatures above 60°C may effect accuracy. Cleaning up to max. 60°C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.

3

Isolab

Capacity Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm1025501002505001000

0.2000.5001.0001.0002.0005.000

10.000

135160195240320380465

1111111

9.274 0809.274 0819.274 0829.274 0839.274 0849.274 0859.274 086

3

9.274 084

Measuring cylinders, PP, tall form, class B, moulded graduations-Manufactured from ultra clear, virgin polypropylene and its thick walls eliminate distortion.- They offer high transperency, chemical resistance and remarkable heat tolerance.- They meet the highest quality standards according to DIN 12681 and ISO 6706.- Individually calibrated through automatic calibration process carried out by robots.- Permanent quality control through all steps eliminate possible deviations from nominal values.- Cylinders are calibrated to contain (In) and the tolerances are according to DIN/ISO Class "B“ standards.- Graduations are embossed and specially designed for plastic and resistant to 60°C.- For consistent accurracy, polypropylene measuring cylinders should not be used with liquids over 60°C and should

not be kept under direct sunlight or overheated conditions.

4Isolab

Capacity Tolerance Grad. Height PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ml mm1025501002505001000

0.2000.5001.0001.0002.0005.000

10.000

0.2000.5001.0001.0002.0005.00010.000

135160195240320380465

1111111

6.243 5416.243 5426.243 5436.243 5446.243 5456.243 5466.243 547

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 5: 8. Liquid Handling

833

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Measuring cylinders

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Measuring cylinders, PP, tall form, class B, blue moulded graduationsHighly transparent.With easily readable, raised, embossed blue scale and ring marks at the primary scalepoints.Calibrated 'In'. Class B tolerances according to DIN 12681/ISO 6706.Hexagonal base with bottom studs provides high stability. Thermal stress up to 80ºC does not cause tolerance limits tobe permanently exceeded. To preserve markings, do not clean at temperatures exceeding 60ºC.Food-safe (suitable for contact with foodstuff in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 10/2011).

1

VITLAB

Capacity Grad. Height Tolerance Diam. PK Cat. No.

ml ml mm ± ml mm10255010025050010002000

0.200.501.001.002.005.0010.0020.00

145170200250315360440482

0.20.51.01.02.05.0

10.020.0

1522273344586997

11111111

9.274 4089.274 4099.274 4109.274 4119.274 4129.274 4139.274 4149.274 415

1

9.274 411

Measuring cylinders, PP, tall form, class B, moulded graduationsTall form. Highly transparent. With a raised scale and ring marks at the primary scalepoints, calibrated ‘In’. Class B tolerances according to DIN 12681/ISO 6706.Hexagonal base with bottom studs provides high stability. Thermal stress up to 80ºC does not cause tolerance limits to be permanently exceeded. Food-safe (suitable for contact with foodstuff in accordance with Regulation EC No. 10/2011).

2

VITLAB

Capacity Grad. Height Tolerance Diam. PK Cat. No.

ml ml mm ± ml mm10255010025050010002000

0.200.501.001.002.005.0010.0020.00

145170200250315360440482

0.20.51.01.02.05.0

10.020.0

1522273344586997

11111111

7.075 0319.274 4209.274 4289.274 4389.274 4489.274 4549.274 4629.274 464

2

9.274 438

Measuring cylinders, PP, with handle, moulded graduationsThe large handle provides a secure grip for safer, more controlled and convenientpouring. A double scale is accurate and easy to read. The wide hexagonal base preventstip over and rolling on the benchtop. One litre and two litre sizes.Autoclavable at 121°C

3Bel-Art Products

Capacity Height PK Cat. No.ml mm10002000

440490

11

7.638 7389.274 870

3

Measuring cylinders, PMP, tall form, class A, blue graduationsTall form. PMP. Class A DIN 12681 and ISO 6706. Transparent, with blue printed graduationsand inscriptions. Exposure to temperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not causepermanently exceeded error limits. Cleaning at temperatures below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions.Conformity certified. With batch number and batch certificate. Single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates areavailable on request. The batch certificate is available to download from the manufacturer's website.

Class A tolerance is not affected even after 20 washes and 10 autoclave treatments. (DIN 12681 requires: 10 washes and 3 autoclave treatments).

4

BRAND

Capacity Grad. ToleranceA

Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm10255010025050010002000

0.20.511251020

0.100.250.50.51.02.5

510

145170200250315360440535

11111111

9.274 7909.274 7919.274 7929.274 7939.274 7949.274 7959.274 7969.274 797

4

9.274 792

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 6: 8. Liquid Handling

834

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Measuring cylinders-Mixing cylinders

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Measuring cylinders, SAN, low form, class B, moulded graduations

Short form. Crystal clear. With a raised scale and ring marks at the primary scale points,calibrated IN. Thermal stress up to 60ºC does not cause tolerance limits to bepermanently exceeded. Food-safe (suitable for contact with foodstuff in accordance with Regulation EC No. 10/2011).

1

VITLAB

Capacity Grad. Height Tolerance Diam. PK Cat. No.

ml ml mm ± ml mm25501002505001000

0,501,002,005,0010,0020,00

122142163192218285

0,501,002,005,00

10,0020,00

222737516778

111111

7.060 6907.060 6917.008 9997.060 6927.060 6937.060 694

1

7.008 999

Measuring cylinders, SAN, tall form, class B, moulded graduations

Tall form. Crystal clear. With a raised scale and ring marks at the primary scale points,calibrated IN. Class B tolerances according to DIN 12681/ISO 6706. Hexagonal base withbottom studs provides high stability. Thermal stress up to 60ºC does not cause tolerance limits to be permanentlyexceeded. Food-safe (suitable for contact with foodstuff in accordance with Regulation EC No. 10/2011).

2

VITLAB

Capacity Grad. Height Tolerance Diam. PK Cat. No.

ml ml mm ± ml mm10255010025050010002000

0,200,501,001,002,005,0010,0020,00

140169199260315350415482

0,200,501,001,002,005,00

10,0020,00

1621283447617697

11111111

7.009 0057.009 0087.009 0117.009 0147.009 0177.009 0207.009 0237.009 026

2

7.009 014

Mixing cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class A, blue graduated

Borosilicate glass 3.3. Tall form. Conformity certified, with certified batch number. PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. To DIN EN ISO 4788, DIN 12680.

3

Isolab

Capacity Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm1025501002505001000

0.1000.2500.5000.5001.0002.5005.000

160195230290370395510

1111111

9.275 0709.275 0719.275 0729.275 0739.275 0749.275 0759.275 076

3

9.275 074

Mixing cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class A, white graduated

Borosilicate glass 3.3 High form. Conformity certified, with certified batch number. PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. To DIN EN ISO 4788, DIN 12680.

4

Isolab

Capacity Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm1025501002505001000

0,1000,2500,5000,5001,0002,5005,000

160195230290370395510

1111111

9.275 0809.275 0819.275 0829.275 0839.275 0849.275 0859.275 086

4

9.275 083

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 7: 8. Liquid Handling

835

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Mixing cylinders-Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Mixing cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, tall form, class A, blue graduated

BLAUBRAND®. To DIN EN ISO 4788. DE-M marking, with works certified batch number. PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blueenamel. Calibrated to contain (IN). Height given is overall height without stopper. All BLAUBRAND® cylinders aredelivered with batch number and one batch certificate is included in the manufacturer's outer pack. Individual works,USP, or DAkkS calibration certificates are also available on request. The batch certificate is also available to downloadfrom the supplier's website.

1

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Neck Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml NS mm102550100250500*1000*

0.20.5112510

10/1914/2319/2624/2929/3234/3545/40

160190220285350395500

1111111

9.275 2089.275 2209.275 2289.275 2389.275 2489.275 2549.275 262

* Fitted with PE octagonal stoppers.

1

9.275 238

Mixing cylinders, borosilicate glass 3.3, stoppered, class B, amber graduated

SILBERBRAND Eterna. Class B. To DIN EN ISO 4788.With PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna amberstain. Calibrated to contain (IN). Height given is overall height without stopper

2

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Joint size(NS)

Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml mm102550100250500*1000*

0.20.51.01.02.0510

10/1914/2319/2624/2929/3234/3545/40

160190220285350395500

1111111

9.275 0089.275 0209.275 0289.275 0389.275 0489.275 0549.275 062

* Fitted with PE octagonal stoppers.

2

9.275 038

Volumetric trapezoidal flasks, Borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, blue graduated

Borosilicate glass 3.3. Conformity certified, with batch certificate. Trapezoidal. With NS and PP stoppers, to DIN 12664, to DIN EN ISO 1042.

3

Isolab

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml1234

07/1607/1607/1607/16

0.0250.0250.0250.025

1111

6.237 7056.236 4267.930 2907.930 291

3

7.930 291

Volumetric trapezoidal flasks, DURAN®, class A, blue graduation

IN (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. NS ground withpoly stopper. Ring mark and graduation in high contrasting blue enamel. According to DIN EN ISO 1042. For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed on www.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates(former DKD calibration reports) are available.

4

Hirschmann

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm1255*1010*202550

7/167/167/1610/197/1610/1910/1910/1912/21

0.0250.0250.0250.04

0.0250.040.040.040.06

607070709090

110110140

111111111

9.276 6459.276 6469.276 6479.276 6489.276 6499.276 6509.276 6519.276 6529.276 653

* wide neck.

4

9.276 652

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 8: 8. Liquid Handling

836

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric trapezoidal flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, blue graduations

BLAUBRAND®. DIN EN ISO 1042. DE-M marking. With batch number. Graduations andinscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain (IN). With PP stoppers.All BLAUBRAND® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works or DAkkS calibration certificate, please enquire. BLAUBRAND® volumetric flasks(except wide-neck flasks). Individual and batch works, USP calibration certificates are also available on request. Models with glass stoppers available on request.The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

1

BRAND

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml ± ml2510*202550

7/167/1610/1910/1910/1912/21

0.0250.0250.040.040.040.06

111111

9.276 0029.276 0039.276 0049.276 0069.276 0079.276 008

* Wide neck version

1

9.276 008

Volumetric flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, blue graduated, with PP stoppers

Borosilicate glass 3.3. Conformity certified, with batch certificate. With NS and PP stoppers, to DIN 12664, to DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (IN) and all thetolerances are according to DIN/ISO Class A standards.

2

Isolab

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml510202525505010010020025040050010002000500010000

10/1910/1910/1912/2110/1912/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2619/2624/2929/3234/3545/40

0.0250.0250.0400.0400.0400.0600.0600.1000.1000.1500.1500.2000.2500.4000.6001.2002.000

11111111111111111

9.276 6009.276 6019.276 6024.008 3009.276 6039.276 6049.276 6059.276 6069.276 6079.276 6089.276 6094.008 3029.276 6109.276 6119.276 6129.276 6139.276 614

2

9.276 610

Volumetric flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, blue graduations, with PP stoppersBLAUBRAND®. Class A. DIN EN ISO 1042. DE-M marking with works certified batch number.Ring marks and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain (IN). PP stoppers. All BLAUBRAND® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

3

BRAND

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml ± ml5*10*2020*2525*5050*10010020025050010002000500010000**

10/1910/1910/1912/2110/1912/2112/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2624/2929/3234/3545/40

0.040.040.040.060.040.060.060.100.100.100.150.150.250.400.601.202.0

11111111111111111

9.276 4389.276 4439.276 4466.239 4389.276 4474.000 0749.276 4489.276 4569.276 4499.276 4579.276 4509.276 4519.276 4529.276 4539.276 4549.276 4559.276 436

*wide neck version**Supplementary to DIN.

3

9.276 451

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 9: 8. Liquid Handling

837

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric flasks, DURAN®, tall form, class A, blue graduation, with PE stoppers

IN (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. With NS groundand polystopper. Ring mark and graduation in durable blue enamel, acc.to DIN EN ISO 1042.For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm55**1010**2020**2525**5050**1001002002505001000**10002000500010000*

7/1610/197/1610/1910/1912/2110/1912/2112/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2629/3224/2929/3234/3545/40

0.0250.04

0.0250.040.040.060.040.060.060.080.10.1

0.150.150.250.60.40.61.22.0

70709090

110105110110140140170170210220260300300370470570

11111111111111111111

9.276 6809.276 6819.276 6829.276 6839.276 6849.276 6799.276 6859.276 6869.276 6879.276 6889.276 6899.276 6909.276 6919.276 6929.276 6939.276 6949.276 6959.276 6969.276 6979.276 698

* Supplementary to DIN.**Wide neck.Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

1

9.276 692

Volumetric flasks, DURAN®, class A, blue graduation, with hollow glass stopper

IN (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. NS ground withglass stopper. Ring mark and graduation in high contrasting blue enamel. According to DIN EN ISO 1042.For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed on www.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates(former DKD calibration reports) are available.

2

Hirschmann

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm55**1010**2020**2525**5050**1001002002505001000**10002000500010000*

7/1610/197/1610/1910/1912/2110/1912/2112/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2629/3224/2929/3234/3545/40

0.0250.04

0.0250.040.040.060.040.060.060.080.10.1

0.150.150.250.60.40.61.22.0

70709090

110105110110140140170170210220260300300370470570

11111111111111111111

9.276 4709.276 4719.276 4729.276 4739.276 4749.276 4899.276 4759.276 4769.276 4779.276 4789.276 4799.276 4809.276 4819.276 4829.276 4839.276 4849.276 4859.276 4869.276 4879.276 488

* Supplementary to DIN.**wide neck.

2

9.276 482

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 10: 8. Liquid Handling

838

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric flasks, DURAN®, class A, amber stain graduation, with PE stoppers

IN (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. NS ground with polystopper. With durable amber stain graduation. According to DIN EN ISO 1042. For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed on www.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates(former DKD calibration reports) are available.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity NS Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml ± 5mm5*10*20255050*10010020025050010002000

10/1910/1910/1910/1912/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2624/2929/32

0.040.040.040.040.060.080.10.1

0.150.150.250.40.6

7090

110110140140170170210220260300370

1111111111111

9.276 7589.276 7599.276 7609.276 7619.276 7629.276 7639.276 7649.276 7659.276 7669.276 7679.276 7689.276 7699.276 770

* wide neck

1

9.276 767

Check flasks, DAkkS calibrated, borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, with 3 marks,blue graduations

BLAUBRAND®, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, IN). DAkkS (former DKD)certificate included. The volumetric flask with 3 marks is used to check the functioning ofa dispenser. The mark in the middle shows the nominal volume, the upper and lower marks show the error limits asspecified in the table below. If the error limit is exceeded even with repeated measurements, the dispenser is defective.The DAkkS-calibrated volumetric flask does not replace the gravimetric test of the monitoring of measuring instrumentsaccording to ISO 8655.

2

BRAND

Forbottle

Joint size (NS) upper/lower mark

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml10 ml25 ml50 ml100 ml

10 / 19*10 / 1912 / 2114 / 23

0.0700.1750.350.70

1111

9.276 0109.276 0119.276 0129.276 013

* Neck/ground socket connection enlarged, other sizes on demand.

2

Volumetric flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3 amber, class A, white graduated,with PP stoppersAmber Borosilicate glass 3.3 with PP stoppers, DE-M marking, with batch certificate andwhite enamel graduations. To DIN EN ISO 1042, to DIN 12644. Calibrated to contain(IN) and all the tolerances are according to DIN/ISO Class A standards.

3

Isolab

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml510202525505010010020025050010002000

10/1910/1910/1910/1912/2112/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2624/2929/32

0.0250.0250.0400.0400.0400.0600.0600.1000.1000.1500.1500.2500.4000.600

11111111111111

9.276 6209.276 6219.276 6229.276 6234.008 3039.276 6249.276 6259.276 6269.276 6279.276 6289.276 6299.276 6309.276 6314.008 306

3

9.276 630

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 11: 8. Liquid Handling

839

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, PUR Plastic coated, blue graduations

BLAUBRAND® PURprotect, DE-M marking. Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated tocontain (TC, IN). Ring mark and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. With PPstopper. The plain and high quality PUR coating envelops the volumetric flasks like a protective skin. In the event ofbreakage, the safety coating helps contain the glass fragments. The light blue coating facilitates optical distinction.Suitable for dishwashers (cleaning up to max. 95°C). All BLAUBRAND® volumetric flasks are supplied with a batchnumber and an accompanying batch certificate within the outer packaging. They are also available with individualworks, or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate on request. With the exception of the wide neck version, thegraduated flasks with individual USPcertificate are available on request. Date of delivery on request.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer’s website.

1

BRAND

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml ± ml50*1002002505001000

14/2314/2314/2314/2319/2624/29

0.100.100.150.150.250.4

111111

9.276 4609.276 4619.276 4629.276 4639.276 4649.276 465

*wide mouthFurther sizes availlable on request.

1

Volumetric flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3, class A, amber graduations, with PP stoppers

BLAUBRAND® Eterna. To DIN EN ISO 1042. DE-M marking. With batch number.Graduation and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. Calibrated to contain (IN). PP stoppers. All BLAUBRAND® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included perpack. Also available with individual works or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire. BLAUBRAND®

volumetric flasks (except wide-neck flasks) are also available with individual and batch USP certification.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

2

BRAND

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml ± ml5*10*2020*2525*5050*10020025050010002000

10/1910/1910/1912/2110/1912/2112/2114/2314/2314/2314/2319/2624/2929/32

0,040,040,040,060,040,060,060,100,100,150,150,250,400,60

11111111111111

9.276 2609.276 2619.276 2624.007 8504.007 8499.276 2639.276 2649.276 2659.276 2709.276 2719.276 2729.276 2739.276 2749.276 275

*Wide neck version

2

Volumetric flasks, DURAN® amber glass, class A, with polystopper

IN (TD) calibrated. Amber glass. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified.With NS and polystopper. Ring mark and graduation in durable white enamel, acc.to DIN EN ISO 1042. For these products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed on www.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates(former DKD calibration reports) are available.

3

Hirschmann

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm55*1010*202525*5050*10010020025050010002000

7/1610/197/1610/1910/1910/1912/2112/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2624/2929/32

0.0250.04

0.0250.040.040.040.060.060.080.10.1

0.150.150.250.40.6

70709090

110110110140140170170210220260300370

1111111111111111

9.276 6999.276 7009.276 7019.276 7029.276 7039.276 7049.276 7109.276 7059.276 7139.276 7069.276 7149.276 7079.276 7089.276 7099.276 7119.276 712

* Wide neck.Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia).

3

9.276 464

9.276 272

9.276 708

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 12: 8. Liquid Handling

840

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric flasks, DURAN® amber glass, class A, white graduation,with amber glass stopperIN (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. With hollow amber glass stopper. Ring mark and graduation in white enamel. According to DIN EN ISO 1042. For these products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed on www.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates(former DKD calibration reports) are available.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm55*1010*20255050*10010020025050010002000

7/1610/197/1610/1910/1910/1912/2114/2312/2114/2314/2314/2319/2624/2929/32

0.0250.04

0.0250.040.040.040.060.080.10.1

0.150.150.250.40.6

70709090

110110140140170170210220260300370

111111111111111

9.276 5009.276 5019.276 5029.276 5039.276 5049.276 5059.276 5069.276 5079.276 5089.276 5099.276 5109.276 5119.276 5129.276 5139.276 514

* Wide neck.

1

Volumetric flasks, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class B.SILBERBRAND. To DIN EN ISO 1042. Graduation and inscriptions in highly contrastingwhite enamel. Caibrated to contain (IN). With PP stoppers.

2

BRAND

Capacity Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml ± ml10*202550100200250500100020005000

10/1910/1910/1912/2112/2114/2314/2319/2624/2929/3234/35

0.060.060.060.090.150.250.250.400.600.901.80

11111111111

9.276 2439.276 2469.276 2479.276 2489.276 2499.276 2509.276 2519.276 2529.276 2539.276 2549.276 255

* Wide neck

2

Volumetric flasks, DURAN®, with beaded rim, class A, blue graduationIN (TD) calibrated. With beaded rim and dated batch identification. Conformity certified.Ring mark and graduation in high contrasting blue enamel. According to DIN EN ISO 1042.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports)are available.

3

Hirschmann

Capacity Tolerance Height PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm51020255010020025050010002000500010000*

0.0250.0250.040.040.060.1

0.150.150.250.40.61.22.0

7090

110110140170210220260300370470570

1111111111111

9.276 7159.276 7169.276 7179.276 7189.276 7199.276 7209.276 7339.276 7349.276 7359.276 7369.276 7379.276 7389.276 739

* additional to DIN

3

9.276 251

9.276 734

9.276 511

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 13: 8. Liquid Handling

841

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric flasks for determination of oil content, SILBERBRAND,Borosilicate glass 3.3

DIN 51 368. For determination of oil content in aqueous oil emulsions (e.g. drilling oil).With NS19/26, hollow glass stoppers. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrastingwhite enamel. Capacity 100 ml, tolerance ±0.2 ml. Calibrated to contain (IN).

Subdivisions: 0 to 5 ml : 0.1 ml, tolerance: ±0.1 ml.Subdivisions: 5 to 30 ml : 0.5 ml, tolerance: ±0.5 ml.

1

BRAND

Samplevolume

PK Cat. No.

ml100 1 9.276 880

1

Volumetric flasks for sugar tests, Borosilicate glass 3.3, class B, white graduated

For sugar tests in the style of Kohlrausch. SILBERBRAND.Tolerance equivalent to class B. Ring marks and inscriptions in highly contrasting whiteenamel. Calibrated to contain (IN).

2

BRAND

Capacity Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml ± ml100200

0.20.3

11

9.276 8859.276 887

2

9.276 885

Volumetric flasks, PMP, class AWith NS stoppers, PP. Crystal clear. With ring mark individually calibrated to (IN). Class A tolerances according to DIN EN ISO 1042. With printed lot number and batchcertificate. Thermal stress up to 121ºC (autoclaving) does not permanently exceed the tolerance limit. To preserve markings, do not clean at temperatures exceeding 60ºC

3

VITLAB

Capacity Tolerance Height StopperNS

PK Cat. No.ml ± ml mm1025501002505001000

0.040.040.060.100.150.250.40

90115150180235270310

10 / 1910 / 1912 / 2114 / 2319 / 2619 / 2624 / 29

1111111

9.276 9499.276 9509.276 9519.276 9529.276 9539.276 9549.276 955

3

9.276 952

Volumetric flasks, plastic, class B, PP NS-stoppersTo DIN EN ISO 1042, with individually adjusted, blue printed graduation andinscriptions, with PP standard ground joint stoppers. Autoclavable.

4Isolab

Capacity Tolerance Joint size (NS) PK Cat. No.ml ± ml25501002505001000

0,080,120,200,300,500,80

10/1912/2114/2314/2319/2624/29

111111

9.276 5909.276 5919.276 5929.276 5939.276 5949.276 595

4

Volumetric flasks, PP, Class B, NS-stoppers PPHighly transparent.With ring mark individually calibrated to In’.Class B tolerances according to DIN EN ISO 1042.Thermal stress up to 60ºC does not permanently exceed the tolerance limits.To preserve markings, do not clean at temperatures exceeding 60ºC

5VITLAB

Capacity Height Joint size(NS)

Tolerance PK Cat. No.ml mm ± ml1025501002505001000

90115150180235270310

10 / 1910 / 1912 / 2114 / 2319 / 2619 / 2624 / 29

0.080.080.120.200.300.500.80

1111111

9.276 8189.276 8209.276 8289.276 8389.276 8489.276 8549.276 862

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 14: 8. Liquid Handling

842

8. Liquid HandlingVolumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks-Pipettes/Volumetric pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Kipp dispenser heads, DURAN® tubingMade of DURAN® tubing.Reservoir bottle, 1000ml with NS29/32 joint please order separately.

1

Description PK Cat. No.

Dispenser head for Kipp dispenser 5 mlDispenser head for Kipp dispenser 10 mlDispenser head for Kipp dispenser 20 mlDispenser head for Kipp dispenser 25 mlDispenser head for Kipp dispenser 50 mlReservoir bottle for dispenser heads

111111

9.277 1059.277 1109.277 1209.277 1259.277 1506.224 318

1

Volumetric pipettes, soda glass, class AS, 1 markSoda glass. Conformity-certified. With batch date identification. DIN EN ISO 648, DIN 12691 and BS 700 - 1583. Calibrated to deliver (EX). Ring mark and inscriptions in permanent blue enamel.

2

Isolab

Volume Tolerance Length PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml mm123451015202550

0.0070.0100.0100.0150.0150.0200.0300.0300.0300.050

310330360360400440455510520540

1111111111

9.272 2609.272 2619.272 2629.272 2639.272 2649.272 2659.272 2679.272 2689.272 2699.272 270

2

9.272 270

Volumetric pipettes, AR-glass®, class AS, 1 mark, blue graduation

EX (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. One mark pipettes, graduation in high-contrast blue colour. Acc. to DIN EN ISO 648.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

3

Hirschmann

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm122.5*3*51015*202550100

0.0080.010.010.01

0.0150.020.030.030.030.050.08

325350350350410450520520530550600

11111111111

9.273 2709.273 2719.273 2729.273 2739.273 2769.273 2809.273 2819.273 2829.273 2849.273 2869.273 288

* Supplementary to DIN.

3

9.273 284

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 15: 8. Liquid Handling

843

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Volumetric pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric pipettes, class AS, AR-Glass®, blue graduation

BLAUBRAND®. DIN EN ISO 648. DE-M marking. With batch number. Graduations andinscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Adjusted to EX. All BLAUBRAND® volumetric pipettes are supplied with batch number and one works batch certificate per manufacturer'souter pack (up to 2ml: 12 cylinders, above 2ml: 6 cylinders per pack). Also available with individual certificate or DAkkS(former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire.The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

1

BRAND

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm0,5122,5345678910152025304050100

0.0050.0080.0100.0100.0100.0150.0150.0150.0150.020.020.020.030.030.030.030.050.050.08

300300330330330400400400400440440440510510520520540540585*

1111111111111111111

9.273 1019.273 1029.273 1039.273 1049.273 1059.273 1069.273 1079.273 1089.273 1099.273 1109.273 1119.273 1129.273 1139.273 1149.273 1159.273 1169.273 1179.273 1189.273 119

* ±15 mm

1

9.273 115

Volumetric pipettes, USP, class AS, AR-Glass®, blue graduationBLAUBRAND®, DE-M marking. DIN EN ISO 648. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Marks and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. Incl. one USP batch certificate. On request, also available with USP individual certificate or DAkkS certificate.The batch certificate or individual certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

2

BRAND

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm0,5*12345678910152025304050100

0.0050.0060.0060.010.010.010.010.010.020.020.020.030.030.030.030.050.050.8

300300330330400400400400440440440510510520520540540585 (±15mm)

111111111111111111

6.262 5207.659 2286.262 5216.262 5226.262 5237.659 2396.262 5246.262 5256.262 5266.262 5277.659 2406.262 5286.262 5296.262 5307.659 2416.262 5316.262 5327.659 242

* Error limit USP ±0.006ml

2

6.262 530

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 16: 8. Liquid Handling

844

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Volumetric pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric pipettes, AR-glass®, class AS, 1 mark, amber stain graduation

EX (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. With durable amber stain graduation, acc.to DIN EN ISO 648.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

1

Hirschmann

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm0,511,5*22,5*3*4*56*7*8*9*1015*202530*40*50100

0.0050.0080.010.010.010.01

0.0150.0150.0150.0150.020.020.020.030.030.030.030.050.050.08

300325350350350350410410410410450450450520520530530550550600

11111111111111111111

6.200 9556.052 9597.200 0756.092 7216.079 3976.303 7386.300 0286.081 7986.300 0256.300 0266.077 3616.300 2996.050 8276.057 1006.084 0296.084 0726.057 1016.077 3666.054 3436.055 472

* Supplementary to DIN.Also available with dated batch identifikation acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia).

1

Volumetric pipettes, AR-Glas®, class AS, 1 mark, amber graduation

BLAUBRAND® Eterna. DIN EN ISO 648. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). DE-M marking.Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain (particularly resistant to aggressive cleaning methods). All BLAUBRAND® bulb pipettes are supplied with a batch number and one batch certificate per manufacturer's outerpack. Also available with an individual works, USP, or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate on request.The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

2

BRAND

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm12510202550

0.0080.0100.0150.020.030.030.05

300330400440510520540

1111111

9.273 2209.273 2219.273 2229.273 2239.273 2249.273 2259.273 226

2

Volumetric pipettes, AR-glass®, class AS, 2 marks, amber stain graduation

EX (TD) calibrated. Volume between two marks (partial delivery). With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. Volume mark, ringmark and graduationin durable amber stain graduation, acc. to DIN EN ISO 648.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports)are available.

3

Hirschmann

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml mm0.5123*51015*202550100

0.0050.0080.010.01

0.0150.020.030.030.030.050.08

300325350350410450520520530550600

11111111111

6.801 0186.801 0196.801 0206.056 8206.801 0216.071 7486.225 9096.801 0226.801 0236.801 0246.800 124

* Supplementary to DIN.

3

6.084 072

9.273 225

6.801 023

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 17: 8. Liquid Handling

845

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Volumetric pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric pipettes, AR-Glas®, class AS, 2 marks, blue graduation

BLAUBRAND®. DE-M marking. DIN EN ISO 648. Adjusted to EX. Graduations andinscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. All BLAUBRAND® volumetric pipettes aresupplied with batch number and one works batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack. Also available with individual works or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate on request.The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

1

BRAND

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.51.02.03.05.010.015.020.025.050.0

0.0050.0080.0100.0100.0150.020.030.030.030.05

300300330330400440510510520540

1111111111

9.273 1219.273 1229.273 1239.273 1259.273 1279.273 1329.273 1339.273 1349.273 1359.273 138

1

Volumetric pipettes, AR-glass®, 1 mark, class B, amber stain graduationEX (TD) calibrated. Tolerances better than class B requirements. With durable amberstain graduation, acc. to DIN EN ISO 648.

2

Hirschmann

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.5123*4*51015*202550100

0.0080.0120.0150.0150.0230.0230.03

0.0450.0450.0450.0750.12

300325350350410410450520520530550600

111111111111

9.273 2589.273 2599.273 2609.273 2619.273 2579.273 2629.273 2639.273 2649.273 2659.273 2669.273 2689.273 269

* Supplementary to DIN.

2

Volumetric pipettes, Class B, AR-Glas®, amber graduationSILBERBRAND Eterna. DIN EN ISO 648. Graduations and inscriptions in Eternapermanent amber diffusion stain. Adjusted to EX.

3

BRAND

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.512351015202550100

0.0070.0100.0150.0150.0250.030.040.040.040.070.12

300300330330400440510510520540585*

11111111111

9.273 0019.273 0029.273 0039.273 0059.273 0079.273 0129.273 0139.273 0149.273 0159.273 0189.273 019

* ±15 mm

3

9.273 266

9.273 135

9.273 015

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 18: 8. Liquid Handling

846

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Volumetric pipettes-Graduated pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Volumetric pipettes, PP, 1 markHighly translucent. Streak-resistant, blue-printed graduations and inscriptions. Adjustedto EX. Exposure to temperatures up to 60°C will not affect tolerances. Cleaning attemperatures below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions.

1

BRAND

Volume Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ± ml ± 10 mm125102550

0.020.020.030.040.060.1

300300300440450460

111111

9.273 2329.273 2339.273 2359.273 2369.273 2389.273 239

1

Graduated pipettes, soda glass, class AS, type 3Soda glass. Conformity-certified. With batch date identification. DIN EN ISO 835, DIN 12697 and BS700 - 1583. Calibrated to deliver (EX). Ring marks and graduations in permanent blue enamel.

2

Isolab

Volume Graduations Tolerance Length PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm12510202550

0.010.020.050.10.10.10.1

0.0070.0100.0300.0500.1000.1000.200

360360360360450450720

1111111

9.272 2509.272 2519.272 2529.272 2539.272 2549.272 2559.272 256

2

Graduated pipettes, AR-glass® , class AS , blue graduation, type 3

EX (TD) calibrated. Main point ring graduation. With dated batch identification.Conformity certified. Main point ring graduation. High-contrast blue graduation.Graduated to the tip, zero on top. Type 3, acc. to DIN EN ISO 835. From 5ml with cotton plug end as standard.For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports)are available.

3

Hirschmann

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 5 mm

0.5112*225510202550*

0.010.010.100.010.020.100.050.100.100.100.100.20

0.0060.0070.0070.010.010.010.030.030.050.10.10.2

360360360360360360360360360360450450

111111111111

9.272 3809.272 3819.272 3829.272 3839.272 3849.272 3859.272 3879.272 3889.272 3899.272 3909.272 3919.272 392

* Supplementary to DIN

3

9.273 238

9.272 254

9.272 389

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 19: 8. Liquid Handling

847

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Graduated pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Graduated pipettes, Class AS, AR-Glas®, blue graduation, type 3 (zero at top)

BLAUBRAND®. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (Zero at top). DE-M marking, with batchnumber. Delivery to tip. Adjusted to EX. Waiting time 5 seconds. Ring mark andinscriptions in high contrast, blue enamel.One batch certificate included per standard pack.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

1

BRAND

Volume Grad. Tolerance Length(± 10mm)

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm0.511***12**22***25***5***10***20***25***50* ***

0.010.010.010.10.010.020.020.10.050.10.10.10.10.5

0.0060.0070.0070.0070.0100.0100.0100.0100.0300.0300.050.100.100.2

360360360360360360360360360360360360450450

11111111111111

9.272 1059.272 1069.272 1179.272 1079.272 1089.272 1099.272 1189.272 1109.272 1119.272 1129.272 1139.272 1149.272 1159.272 116

* Supplementary to ISO.**Supplementary to ISO, not DE-M marked.***Cotton plugged

1

Graduated pipettes, AR-Glas®, Class AS, amber graduations, type 3BLAUBRAND® ETERNA, DE-M marking, AR-Glas®. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (Zero point at the top), total delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Waiting time 5 seconds. Ring mark and inscription in ETERNA amber stain.All BLAUBRAND® graduated pipettes are supplied with a batch number and an accompanying batch certificate inthe original packaging. On request, they are also available with an individual certificate, USP individual certificate orDAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate.

2

BRAND

Volume Graduations Tolerance Suitable forcotton plugs

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml0.5112255102025

0.010.010.010.020.020.050.10.10.10.1

0.0060.0070.0070.0100.0100.0300.0300.050.100.10

nono

yesno

yesyesyesyesyesyes

1111111111

9.272 0319.272 0327.018 3979.272 0337.018 3987.060 6789.272 0349.272 0367.018 4139.272 037

2

9.272 113

9.272 036

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 20: 8. Liquid Handling

848

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Graduated pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Graduated pipettes, AR-glass®, class AS, amber stain graduation, type 3

EX (TD) calibrated. Main point ring graduation. With dated batch identification.Conformity certified. With durable amber stain graduation. Graduated to the tip, zero on top. Type 3, acc. to DIN EN ISO 835. From 5ml with cotton plug end as standard.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports)are available.

1

Hirschmann

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 5 mm0.5112*225510202550*

0.010.010.10.010.020.10.050.10.10.10.10.2

0.0060.0070.0070.010.010.010.030.030.050.10.10.2

360360360360360360360360360360450450

111111111111

6.059 3646.301 7326.303 0326.305 4306.059 6996.202 8686.081 2096.059 8006.058 1916.200 4486.303 7436.234 515

* in addition to DIN.Available also with dated batch USP (U.S. Pharmacopeia).

1

Graduated pipettes, AR-glass®, class AS, amber stain graduation, type 2

EX (TD) calibrated. Main point ring graduation. With dated batch identification.Conformity certified. With durable amber stain graduation. Graduated to the tip, zero in tip. Type 2, acc. to DIN EN ISO 835. From 5ml with cotton plug end as standard.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports)are available.

2

Hirschmann

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 5 mm0.5112255102025

0.010.010.10.020.10.050.10.10.10.1

0.0060.0070.0070.010.010.030.030.050.10.1

360360360360360360360360360450

1111111111

9.272 3509.272 3519.272 3529.272 3539.272 3549.272 3556.202 7136.202 7149.272 3589.272 359

2

Graduated pipettes, Class AS, amber graduations, type 2BLAUBRAND®, DE-M marking, AR-Glas®. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 2 (zero at top), total delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Waiting time 5 seconds. Marks and inscriptionsin high contrast blue enamel. All BLAUBRAND® graduated pipettes are supplied with a batch number and anaccompanying batch certificate in the original packaging. Also available with individual works, USP, or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate on request. Supplementary to the DIN range.The batch and single certificates arealso available to download from the supplier's website.

3

BRAND

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

Suitable forcotton plugs

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.5112255102025

0.010.010.010.020.020.050.100.10.10.1

0.0060.0070.0070.0100.0100.0300.0300.050.100.10

360360360360360360360360360450

nono

yesno

yesyesyesyesyesyes

1111111111

9.272 0009.272 0019.272 0029.272 0039.272 0049.272 0059.272 0069.272 0079.272 0089.272 009

3

6.058 191

9.272 007

9.272 353

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 21: 8. Liquid Handling

849

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Graduated pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Graduated pipettes, Class AS, AR-Glas®, blue graduation, type 2

BLAUBRAND®, DIN EN ISO 835, DE-M marking. Type 2 (nominal volume at top), total delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Waiting time 5 seconds. Marks and inscriptionsin high contrast blue enamel. All BLAUBRAND® graduated pipettes are supplied with batch number and one batchcertificate per manufacturer's outer pack. Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate onrequest. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

1

BRAND

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm0,5111***2**222***5***5***10***20***25***50* ***

0.010.010.10.010.010.020.10.020.050.10.10.10.10.5

0.0060.0070.0070.0070.0100.0100.0100.0100.0300.0300.050.100.100.2

360360360360360360360360360360360360450450

11111111111111

9.272 0169.272 0179.272 0189.272 0279.272 0299.272 0199.272 0209.272 0289.272 0219.272 0229.272 0239.272 0249.272 0259.272 026

* Supplementary to ISO.**Supplementary to ISO, not DE-M marked***Cotton plugged

1

Graduated pipettes, Class AS, USP, AR-Glas®, blue graduation, type 2

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, nominal volume at the top, DE-M marking, AR-Glas®, DIN EN ISO 835. Type 2, total delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Waiting time 5 seconds.Ring mark and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Incl. USP batch certificate. On request also available with USP individual certificate.The batch certificate or individual certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

2

BRAND

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm

1*2510

0.010.020.050.1

0.0070.010.020.03

360360360360

1111

9.272 0909.272 0919.272 0929.272 093

* Error limit USP ±0.01ml

2

Graduated pipettes, BLAUBRAND® , partial delivery, blue graduations, type 1

AR-Glas®. DE-M marking. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 1 (Zero at top). Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Waiting time 5 seconds. Ring mark and and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel.All BLAUBRAND® graduated pipettes are supplied with batch number and one batch certificate per manufacturer's outerpack (up to 10ml: 12 pipettes, 25 ml: 6 pipettes). Also available with individual works, USP, or DAkkS (former DKD)calibration certificate on request.The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

3

BRAND

Volume Graduations Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.512*25**10**25**

0.010.010.010.020.050.10.1

0.0060.0070.0100.0100.0300.0500.100

360360360360360360450

1111111

9.272 1219.272 1229.272 1249.272 1259.272 1279.272 1299.272 131

* in completion to ISO, not with conformity certificate**Cotton plugged

3

9.272 023

9.272 093

9.272 129

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 22: 8. Liquid Handling

850

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Graduated pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Graduated pipettes, BLAUBRAND®, class A, conformity certified, blue graduations

AR-Glas®. In addition to DIN 12689. DE-M marking. Length 360 mm. Calibrated to contain (TC, IN). Graduations and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. An excellent combination of resistance and readability. All BLAUBRAND® bulb pipettes are supplied with batch numberand one batch works certificate per pack unit. Individual works or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificates areavailable - details on request.The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

1

BRAND

Volume Graduations Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.10.2

0.0010.002

0.0010.002

360360

11

9.272 1029.272 104

1

9.272 102

Graduated pipettes, Class B, AR-Glas®, amber graduations, type 3

SILBERBRAND Eterna. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (zero at top).Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna permanent amber diffusion stain. Adjusted to EX.

2

BRAND

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm0.511**12*22**25**5**10**20**25**

0.010.010.010.10.010.020.020.10.050.10.10.10.1

0.0060.0100.0100.0100.0150.0150.0150.0150.050.050.08

0.1500.150

360360360360360360360360360360360360450

1111111111111

9.272 0699.272 0709.272 0869.272 0719.272 0729.272 0739.272 0899.272 0749.272 0759.272 0769.272 0779.272 0789.272 079

* Supplementary to ISO.**Cotton plugged

2

9.272 077

Graduated pipettes, AR-glass®, class B, amber stain graduation, type 3

EX (TD) calibrated. Tolerances better than class B requirements. With durable amber stain graduation, short line, graduated to tip, zero on top, type 3, acc. to DIN EN ISO 835. From 5ml with cotton plug end as standard.

3

Hirschmann

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 5 mm0.5112*225510202550*

0.010.010.10.010.020.10.050.10.10.10.10.2

0.00750.010.01

0.0150.0150.0150.0450.0450.0750.150.150.3

360360360360360360360360360360450450

111111111111

9.272 3669.272 3679.272 3689.272 3769.272 3699.272 3709.272 3719.272 3729.272 3739.272 3749.272 3759.272 377

* Supplementary to DIN.

3

9.272 373

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 23: 8. Liquid Handling

851

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Graduated pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Graduated pipettes for tissue culture, clear glass, amber stain graduationEX (TD) calibrated. Short form. Main point ring graduation. Specially for tissue cultureand working on cleanroom benches. With durable amber stain graduation. Zero to the tip, cotton plugged (8mm outer diameter). With mouth piece for cotton plug.

1

Hirschmann

Volume Grad. Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 3 mm1251025

0.10.10.10.10.2

-----

230230230230230

11111

6.080 4986.090 3406.080 5236.510 1726.510 335

1

Graduated pipettes FORTUNA®, with suction piston, AR-Glass, class A, blue graduations

With permanent, amber, enamelled graduations. Tolerances similar to class A.Graduated pipettes with blue enamelled graduations are also available on request.

2

Poulten & Graf

Capacity Grad. Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml12510202550100

0.010.020.050.10.10.10.21.0

--------

11111111

9.273 3019.273 3029.273 3059.273 3109.273 3209.273 3259.273 3509.273 399

2

Graduated pipettes, PP, blue graduationsHighly transparent. Streak resistent. With blue graduations and markings. Particularlysuitable for education and for applications where glass pipettes should not be used.Calibrated for delivery (EX).Exposure to temperatures up to 60°C will not cause permanent exceeding of tolerance limits. Cleaning below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions.

3BRAND

Capacity Graduations Tolerance Overall length

PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm12510

0.10.10.10.1

0.020.020.050.1

300300330330

1111

9.272 5079.272 5109.272 5129.272 513

3

6.080 523

9.273 310

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 24: 8. Liquid Handling

852

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pasteur pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Pasteur pipettes, Soda-lime glassSingle use. With uniform shape and length. With long drawn, 1.1mm diameter fine tip, 20mm suction tube andconstriction for tight fitting of cotton wool plugs. External diameter: 7.1mm. Please order Pipette teats separately.

1

Length PK Cat. No.mm150230

10001000

9.411 0159.411 020

1

Pasteur pipettes, Soda-lime-glassISO 7712. Long drawn-out capillary tip. Suction end with constriction for a cotton plug.

2BRAND

Capacity Length PK Cat. No.ml mm2.02.0

145225

250250

7.020 2947.020 295

2

LLG-Pasteur Pipettes, PEManufactured from transparent PE. Sterile or non-sterile. Graduated.

3

Capacity Type Length PK Cat. No.ml mm1.03.01.03.0

non-sterilenon-sterilesterile, single wrappedsterile, single wrapped

150150150150

500500

10001000

9.401 0819.401 0809.401 0859.401 084

Pipettes, Pasteur, PEFor transfer of liquids. Resitant against almost all acids. Soft and elastic bulb.

4 5

Type Capacity Length PK Cat. No.ml mm

Ultra Pastette® non-graduated, non-sterileMini Pastette® non-graduated, non-sterileCapillary, grad., sterile, single wrapped*Standard, without grad., sterile, single wrapped*Standard, grad., non-sterilePasteur-Plast-Pipette, non sterilePasteur-Plast-Pipette, non sterileMicro, without grad., non-sterile*Macro, grad., sterile, single wrappedMacro, grad., non-sterileJumbo Pastette® non-graduated, non-sterileStandard, with ring mark, non-sterilePasteur-Plast-Pipette

1.01.01.01.01.01.52.03.03.03.07.3

10.010.0

63104144150155230155150150155300170300

500400500500500400500500500500100200100

9.271 9869.271 9859.411 0399.411 0389.411 0317.200 1117.631 9619.411 0329.411 0359.411 0309.271 9809.411 0336.203 402

* Total volume

4 5

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 25: 8. Liquid Handling

Chromatographysample preparation for: LC, GC, HPLC, TLCusing 1 mL auto-sampler vials

11, 16

using 2mL auto-sampler vials

7, 12

layering in columns / transfers in columns

17, 18

loading gels 11

Viscous liquid samples and transferscreams 4oils 4perfumes 4beverages 4industrial slurries 4paints 4food 4

Field Testingwater sampling 16, 18

buffers16, 18

pH Meter Maintenanceadding acids or bases 5 remove and replace 9

Reagent Handlingportable ampule 16spreading and mixing 3slide tests 8

INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND TESTING

Top 10 Pipettes: 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 16, 17, 18

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS

Top 7 Pipettes: 4, 8, 9, 14, 16, 17, 18

Blood Bankingrapid transfers (3.5 cc’s in one squeeze)

8

and donor bag tubing8

controlled drop size 8calibrated transfers 8

Remove, Dispense Small Volumesremove and separate serum and blooddispense small drops - pediatric samples

transfer in and out of multi-well plates

Sedimentation and Storageblood sedimentation 14, 16access to Wintrobe tubes 16

Bottle Samplingblood culture bottles 17, 18

Funnels / Filters / Scoops

4

cut bulb at angle for scoop

4

LIFE SCIENCE APPLICATIONS

Top 7 Pipettes: 4, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18

Cells in Flasks and Tubes – large volume, long pipettes

sampling 15, 50, 100 mL 17, 18

remove supernatant and media from cell cultures

17, 18

17, 18post-centrifugation to remove all cell layers

17, 18

Isolating cells – large aperture pipetteprevent cells from

removed or transferred

4

triturate cells 4isolate platelets from 4

Technique Control – narrow stem and

loading gels 11, 12, 15, 1611, 12, 15, 16

DNA sample removal 11, 12, 15, 1611, 12, 15, 16

protein assays 11, 12, 15, 16lipid extractions 11, 12, 15, 16atomic absorption spectroscopy-reagent prep

11, 12, 15, 16

dropwise additions to culture plates

11, 12, 15, 16

Eliminate Steps – large bulb, narrow stem Sedi-Pet

15storage ampule 15portable aliquoting 15

store, or incubate and dispense:15

- reagents buffer solutions - protozoa, nematode larvae, marine eggs, seeds - anti-serum urine

853

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pasteur pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 26: 8. Liquid Handling

22.9cm

20.3cm

17.8cm

15.2cm

12.7cm

10.2cm

7.6cm

5.1cm

2.5cm

12”/ 30.0cm

9”

8”

7”

6”

5”

4”

3”

2”

1”

2 ml

1 ml

.5

1 ml

.5

3 ml

General Purpose Graduated

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

854

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pasteur pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 27: 8. Liquid Handling

9”

8”

7”

6”

5”

4”

3”

2”

1”

Fine Tip Narrow Stem Extra Long

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

22.9cm

20.3cm

17.8cm

15.2cm

12.7cm

10.2cm

7.6cm

5.1cm

2.5cm

12”/ 30.0cm

855

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pasteur pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 28: 8. Liquid Handling

Product Description (cm)

Diameter(mm)

Overall Capacity(mL)

Draw(mL)

Drops per mL

Cat. No.

1 15.6 7.9 7.7 3.2 20 500 4.653 9522 15.1 6.1 8.0 4.6 20 400 4.653 9613 General Purpose 3” 8.7 4.8 1.7 0.9 25 500 4.654 0504 62 μL Large Aperture Pipette 13.7 6.1 9.3 4.8 – 250 4.654 086

Graduated Pipettes

Product Description (cm)

Diameter(mm)

Overall Capacity(mL)

Draw(mL)

Drops per mL

Cat. No.

5 14.0 4.7 3.9 2.2 25 500 4.653 964 6 15.5 4.6 5.8 3.4 25 500 4.653 969 7 15.5 7.9 7.5 3.2 20 500 4.653 977 8 15.2 7.1 4.8 1.8 24 500 4.654 055 9 Graduated 0.3 mL (Pediatric) 11.6 3.0 1.5 0.8 21 500 4.654 059

Fine Tip Pipettes

Product Description (cm)

Diameter(mm)

Overall Capacity(mL)

Draw(mL)

Drops per mL

Cat. No.

10 14.7 4.6 5.8 3.3 55 500 4.653 99311 14.7 6.1 8.7 4.8 45 400 4.654 00212 15.3 3.0 5.0 3.3 50 250 4.653 99913 15.7 4.6 5.8 3.5 50 500 4.654 011

Product Description (cm)

Diameter(mm)

Overall Capacity(mL)

Draw(mL)

Drops per mL

Cat. No.

14 8.5 2.5 4.0 3.0 25 500 4.654 01915 15.5 2.5 4.6 3.3 25 500 4.654 02416 15.5 3.0 15.0 8.0 19 250 4.654 028

Extra Long Pipettes

Product Description (cm)

Diameter(mm)

Overall Capacity(mL)

Draw(mL)

Drops per mL

Cat. No.

17 Extra Long 9” 22.5 5.0 6.0 2.3 25 400 4.654 03318 Extra Long 12” 30.0 8.6 23.0 7.3 20 100 4.654 041

856

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pasteur pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 29: 8. Liquid Handling

857

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Serological pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Serological pipettes type 1, PS, paper/plastic peel, sterile

- 1 ml, 5 ml, 10 ml, 25 ml and 50 ml pipettes contain a bi-directional secondary graduation scale for precise dosing- Also available as short-pipettes (5 ml, 10 ml and 25 ml) or wide-mouth pipette (10 ml)- Increased volume capacity through extra graduations- Color coded ringmark for easy volume identification- Single packed in easy-to-open plastic/paper packaging- Plugged- Pyrogen-free- Sterile

1 1

Volume Grad. Colour code Negativegraduations

PK Cat. No.

ml ml up to1251010255051025

1/1001/501/101/101/102/105/101/102/105/10

yellowgreenblueorangeorange (wide mouth)redpurpleblue (short form)orange (short form)red (short form)

0,30,63338103109

500500200200200150100200150100

9.380 4409.380 4417.930 4016.268 2409.380 4427.930 4039.380 4436.265 8816.265 8826.265 883

LLG-Serological pipettes type 2, PS, paper/plastic peel, sterile

- Single-piece pipette-bodies (except 50 ml pipette)- 5 ml, 10 ml, 25 ml and 50 ml pipettes contain a bi-directional secondary graduation scale for precise dosing- Increased volume capacity through extra graduations- Color coded plug for easy volume identification- Single packed in easy-to-open plastic/paper packaging- Plugged- Pyrogen-free- Sterile

2 3

Volume Grad. Colour code Negativegraduations

PK Cat. No.

ml ml up to

125102550

1/1001/501/101/102/105/10

yellowgreenblueorangeredpurple

0.30.43329

500500250200100100

6.266 9956.266 9966.266 9976.266 9986.266 9996.267 100

2

3

LLG-Serological pipettes Type 3, PS, plastic/plastic pack, sterile

- Specially suited for use in clean rooms- Single packed in easy-to-open plastic/plastic packaging- Increased volume capacity through extra graduations- Color coded for easy volume identification- Plugged- Pyrogen-free- Sterile

4 5

Volume Grad. Colour code Negativegraduations

PK Cat. No.

ml ml up to125102550

0.010.010.10.10.20.5

clearclearblueorangeredpurple

0.30.32.03.010.010.0

10001000200500200200

6.268 0996.268 1006.268 1016.268 1026.268 1036.268 104

4

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 30: 8. Liquid Handling

858

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Serological pipettes-Pipette balls

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Serological pipettes, PS, paper/plastic peel or bulk package, sterile

- Single packed in easy-to-open paper/plastic packaging or bulk package- Increased volume capacity through extra graduations- Color coded for easy volume identification- Plugged- Pyrogen-free- Sterile

1

Thermo Scientific

1

Paper/Plastic peel

Capacity Grad. additionalscale

Colour code PK Cat. No.

ml ml ml125102550

1/1001/1001/101/102/102/10

0.30.3231010

0.020.040.100.200.500.75

1000500200200200100

9.380 4539.380 4549.380 4559.380 4569.380 4579.380 458

Bulk pack- 1 and 2ml pipettes: bulk, 50 pcs. per bag- 5, 10, 25 and 50ml pipettes: bulk, 25 pcs. per bag

Capacity Grad. additionalscale

Colour code PK Cat. No.

ml ml ml125102550

1/1001/1001/101/102/102/10

0.30.3231010

0.020.040.100.200.500.75

1000500500500200100

9.380 4719.380 4729.380 4739.380 4749.380 4759.380 476

Pipette teatsChoice of materials as indicated.Natural rubber/Latex (NR)Silicone (VMQ)Styrene-butadiene-rubber (SBR)

2Deutsch & Neumann

Capacity Material Colour PK Cat. No.ml1.81.82.02.05.010.0

NRNRVMQNR/SBRNRNR

transparenttransparenttransparent/whiteredtransparenttransparent

11

10153

9.072 6816.265 7279.072 6829.072 6839.072 6849.072 685

2

Pipette bulbsRubber. For quick and easy pipetting. Colour coding to prevent confusion.

3

Capacity Colour PK Cat. No.ml1251015

GreenGreyYellowBlueRed

11111

9.115 5019.115 5029.115 5059.115 5069.115 507

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 31: 8. Liquid Handling

859

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette balls-Pipettes Accessories

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Rubber blowballsNon-rigid PVC. Red-brown, smooth. With 6mm i.d. outlet hole.

1Deutsch & Neumann

Type Capacity Diam. PK Cat. No.ml mm

B oval023579

510284290

145225

30304248627284

1111111

9.115 4049.115 4119.115 4309.115 4509.115 4809.115 4859.115 487

1

Safety pipette bulb Howorka-Ball®Advantages:- no rigid connection with tube- no valves or side vent on tubes- suitable for all standard tube diameters, including pipettes, burettes, filter tubes etc.- no unstable air pockets- long operational life due to durable components- Easily cleaned and steam sterilized if contaminated with liquids

2

Capacity PK Cat. No.ml2050

11

9.273 8269.273 827

2

Safety pipette bulb Flip™Fits virtually all pipette sizes.Only two valve operation points.With automatic vent valve that can be removed for cleaning.

3Deutsch & Neumann

Type PK Cat. No.

Flip™ 1 9.273 838

3

Safety pipette bulb, rubberChemically resistant rubber. With valves for suction, emptying and air release, controlledby thumb and finger pressure.

4Deutsch & Neumann

Type Figure PK Cat. No.

Standard, for pipettes up to 8mm diameterUniversal, for most pipettesStandard, multicolor black/red/yellow

12-

111

9.273 8369.273 8376.223 504

4

Pipette stand, horizontal, PPPipette stand for 12 pipettes, horizontal is made from moulded polypropylene which isautoclavable. On each side, 6 pipettes (longer than 22 cm) can be stored horizontally.Easy to clean.

5Isolab

Dimensions PK Cat. No.mm240 x 180 x 290 1 9.273 896

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 32: 8. Liquid Handling

860

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipettes Accessories

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette stand vertical, PPPipette stand, vertical is made from moulded polypropylene.This stand can hold up to 94 pipettes and rotates on a central vertical axis for easyselection of any particular pipette. The base plate has a raised edge which catches dripping liquids.

1Isolab

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipette stand "vertical" 1 9.273 895

1

Pipette tray, PVCPVC. For pipettes of all sizes. Can accommodate 7 pipettes with overall stem diameternot exceeding 20mm longitudinally or 16 pipettes with stem diameter not exceeding10mm laterally.

2Kartell

Width Length Height PK Cat. No.mm mm mm220 280 39 1 9.200 392

2

Pipette tray, PVCPVC. Tidy tray. With 4 long compartments for approx. 30 graduated pipettes (1ml to 20ml).

3Kartell

Width Length Height PK Cat. No.mm mm mm300 420 30 1 9.200 394

3

Pipette baskets, PE-HDCylindrical, with handle.

4Kartell

For pipettelength

Bottomdiam.

Height PK Cat. No.

mm mm mm360460600

145145145

495645870

111

9.273 9809.273 9859.273 990

4

Pipette storage containerWith lid. Base dia. x height: 130 x 430mm, int. dia.: 83mm. Suitable for dust-proof storage of pipettes up to 400mm long.

5Kartell

Type Bottomdiam.

Height PK Cat. No.

mm mmWith lid (PP container, HDPE lid) 83 430 1 9.273 900

5

Pipette soaking jar, PE-HD6Kartell

For pipettelength

Int.diam.

Height PK Cat. No.

mm mm mm250500650

125160160

250500650

111

9.273 9289.273 9209.273 925

6

Pipette rinsers, PE-HDFor easy and gentle cleaning of pipettes using the repetitive siphon principle. The complete rinsing system comprises rinser, soaking jar and pipette basket. Water flowshould be adjusted to approx. 2 litres/min. Please order soaking jar and pipette basket separately.

7Kartell

For pipettelength

Capacity Int.diam.

Height PK Cat. No.

mm Litres mm mm460600

1317

150150

7401000

11

9.409 2389.409 239

7

Further pipette cleaning devices please see our chapter 11

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 33: 8. Liquid Handling

861

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipettes Accessories

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Rack for serological pipettesIdeal for your serological pipettes. Use as individual units, or click together horizontallyor vertically. Magnets on both sides of units connect safely to metal surface such as filecabinets, fume hoods, refrigerators, and freezers. Angled shelves store your 0.1ml to 50ml pipettes within arm’s reachfor use. Protective lid encloses the unit to prevent dust build up. Colour: 3 different shades of blue. Dimensions (L x W x H): 301mm x 100mm x 127.5mm each.

1Heathrow Scientific

Type PK Cat. No.

Cargo Manual Pipette Rack 3 9.273 930

1

Variable pipette boxesComprising two, sliding aluminium sections which can be gently pressed together in a telescopic fashion to fit the length of the pipettes to be sterilized. This means that only one container size for 280 to 420 mm longstandard pipettes and one for 145 to 235 mm long short or pasteur pipettes are required. 2mm thick silicone rubberpad prevents damage to pipettes when loading and transporting. Silicone rubber pad - please order separately.

2Isolab

Type Variablelength

Int.diam.

PK Cat. No.

mm mmPipette boxPipette boxSilicone pad

145 to 235280 to 420

606058

111

9.010 8019.010 8009.010 770

2

Pipette sterilizing boxesCylindrical. 18/10 stainless steel. With silicone pad in base and lid. Rotating the lid exposes or hides the lid perforations.Sterilizable up to 205°C.

3Bochem

Height Effective length

Diam. PK Cat. No.

mm mm mm450380500

442372492

658080

111

9.010 7939.010 7949.010 795

3

Pipette sterilizing boxes, squareSquare section. Stackable.18/10 stainless steel. With silicone pad in base and lid. Box W x D: 70 x 70 mm. Sterilizable up to 205°C.

4Bochem

Length Effective length

Diam. PK Cat. No.

mm mm mm210290340435

202282332427

70 x 7070 x 7070 x 7070 x 70

1111

9.010 7819.010 7829.010 7839.010 784

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 34: 8. Liquid Handling

862

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipettes Accessories-Capillary tubes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette Box, AluminiumPipette boxes with optimized easy handling in everyday work. The cylindrical pipette boxes are the best option for autoclavingvarious glass items with a length from 150 to 480mm like mixing rods, pasteur, volumetric and graduated pipettes.

- autoclaving: the new construction guarantees the entrance of steam into the container and optimizes the process of autoclaving- opening and closing: soft sliding performance of top section onto the base section makes working easy- base and top section are filled with a silicon layer at the bottom as a shock absorber to protect the glass items from splintering- the sterilizing pipette boxes are available in 4 various lengths

1 2 3Ratiolab

Description Length PK Cat. No.mm

Pipet box aluminiumPipet box aluminiumPipet box aluminiumPipet box aluminium

150-200235-305315-385315-485

1111

6.266 6796.266 6806.266 6816.266 682

1 2 3

Disposable micropipettes ring marked, intraMARKBLAUBRAND®. DIN ISO 7550.DE-M marking from 5µl upwards, in accordance with German Weights and MeasureRegulations. Calibrated to contain (IN). Colour code according to ISO for clear identification.

Length 125 mmAccuracy ≤ ±0.25 %.Precision ≤ 0.5 %.(Capacity 5 µl: Accuracy ≤ ±0.3 %, precision ≤ 0.6 %).CE-marked according to IVD 98/79 EG.

4BRAND

Marksat

Colour PK Cat. No.

µl1/2/3/4/5*102025*40*20 + 40*5010050 +100200

WhiteOrangeBlackWhite - whiteRed - redRed - redGreenBlueBlueRed

250250250250250250250250250200

9.411 3079.411 3099.411 3189.411 3229.411 3279.411 3289.411 3339.411 3449.411 3459.411 357

* DE-M marking for 5 µl division only.

4

Disposable micropipettes, delbrück pattern, intraENDBLAUBRAND®. DIN ISO 7550. DE-M marking. Volume defined by end-to-end filling.Calibrated to contain (IN). Sodium heparinised. Ideal for blood capillary sampling. With a length of only 30mm the pipette can be placed directly into the microcentrifuge tube where it releases thesample during centrifugation. CE-marked according to IVD directive 98/79 EC.Accuracy: ≤ ±0.5 %.Precision: ≤ 1 %.

5BRAND

Capacity Length PK Cat. No.µl mm2050

30.030.0

100100

9.411 2429.411 246

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 35: 8. Liquid Handling

863

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Capillary tubes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipetting aid, intraEndFor BLAUBRAND® intraEnd micropipettes.Consists of the PET plastic tube, silicone adapter, and TPE suction bellows with venting hole.

1BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipetting aid, intraEnd 10 9.411 440

1

Pipette holdersFor intraEND micropipettes.

2BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipette holders 1 9.411 260

2

Capillary pipettes, ringcaps®

Disposable capillary pipettes with ring marks. ringcaps® are exclusively made out of DURAN® glass (CE acc. IVD 98/79 EC, ISO 7550). The accurately designed ring mark guarantees precise determination of volume, the international color code on every single micropipetteprevents the risk of confusion.Unit = 1 box of 250 pieces.Version 100 + 200 = 1 bos of 100 pieces.

Advantages:- No risk of cross contamination owing to single use- DURAN® glass- Handy length of 125mm- DE-M marking in accordance with the applicable weights and measures regulations

3Hirschmann

3

Type Capacity Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)5 marks1 mark1 mark1 mark1 mark1 mark1 mark1 mark2 marks2 marks2 marks2 marks

1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 510202540501002005 + 1020 + 4050 + 100100 + 200

0.300.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.25

0.60.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.5

250250250250250250250100250250250100

9.600 1059.600 1109.600 1209.600 1259.600 1409.600 1509.600 1999.600 1229.600 2109.600 2409.600 2999.600 222

Micro capillariesThese disposable micro capillaries fill automatically from end to end. Their accuracy is better than 1%. A capillary tubeholder is supplied with each pack. Also contains a small bulb with aperture which can be inserted into capillary and usedas an effective support for filling and emptying tubes.

4

Capacity PK Cat. No.µl0.51.02.05.010.0

100100100100100

9.020 1929.020 1939.020 1949.020 1959.020 196

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 36: 8. Liquid Handling

864

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Capillary tubes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Capillary pipettes, minicaps®, end-to-endMinicaps® micro capillary pipettes, end-to-end. Available in sodium-heparinized andnon-heparinized. Conformity certified. Acc. the German "Eichordnung". With batchnumber on the packaging. Made in Germany out of original SCHOTT DURAN®.Acc. ISO 7550. CE acc. IVD 98/79 EG.

Advantages:- Error-free filling end-to-end- Only 30mm to 32mm long- Easy-to-remove, color-coded dispenser cap- Conformity certified in accordance with the applicable weights and measures regulations

Supplied in drums of 100 within an outer pack of 1000.

Hirschmann

Disposable micro capillary pipettes, DURAN®, minicaps® end-to-end acc."Prof. Dr. Delbrück"minicaps® - disposable micro capillary pipettes, end-to-end. Conformity certified. With batch number on packaging. Made out of original SCHOTT DURAN®. Suitable for the analysis acc. to Prof. Dr. Delbrück. Sodium-heparinized, acc. ISO 7550. CE acc. IVD 98/79 EC.Packaging unit: 100 minicaps in each glass cartridge, 10 cartridges and a pipette filler.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity Length Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl mm (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)204050

30 ±0.530 ±0.530 ±0.5

0.50.50.5

1.01.01.0

100100100

9.411 2549.411 2569.411 258

Other sizes on request.

1

Disposable Capillary pipettes, DURAN®, minicaps® end-to-endNon-heparinized. Conformity ceritfied ISO 7550, CE acc. IVD 98/79 EC.

2Hirschmann

Capacity Length Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl mm (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.512345102025304050100

30 - 3230 - 3230 - 3230 - 3230 - 3230 - 3230 - 3230 ± 0.530 - 3230 - 3230 ± 0.530 ± 0.5100

0.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.5

1.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.01.0

100100100100100100100100100100100100100

9.411 2659.411 2669.411 2679.411 2689.411 2709.411 2719.411 2739.411 2749.411 2759.411 2769.411 2779.411 2799.411 280

2

Haematocrit capillary tubesDisposable capillaries for blood centrifugation tests, length 75mm, nominal volumeapprox. 75µl, outer diameter 1.42mm - 1.68mm, inner diameter 1.07mm - 1.23mm,with heavy wall thickness and color-coded acc. to DIN 12 772, CE acc. IVD 98/79 EC.

45

Hirschmann

Type Colour PK Cat. No.

PlainSodium-heparinized

bluered

10001000

6.200 6397.200 409

4 5

Disposable Capillary pipettes, DURAN®, minicaps® end-to-end, Na-hepSodium heparinized. Conformity certified, ISO 7550 CE acc. IVD 98/79 EC.

3Hirschmann

Capacity Length Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl mm (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)51025

30 to 3230 to 3230 to 32

0.50.50.5

1.01.01.0

100100100

9.411 2529.411 2539.411 255

Other sizes available.

3

9.411 254

6.200 639 7.200 409

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 37: 8. Liquid Handling

865

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Capillary tubes-Pipette controllers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Micro-haematocrit capillary tubesComply with BS 4316-68 and DIN ISO 12 772 specifications. For use in microhaematocrit centrifuges. Without calibration marks.

Heparinised: For capillary blood sampling. The entire inner surface is coated with sodium-heparinate. Code: red.

Non-heparinised: To determine heparinised venous blood. Code: blue.

CE-marked according to IVD 98/79 EG.

1BRAND

Length: 75 mm ±0.5 mmWall thickness: approx. 0.2 mmInternal diameter: 1.1 to 1.2 mmExternal diameter: 1.5 to 1.6 mm

Type PK Cat. No.

HeparinisedNon-heparinised

100100

9.411 2159.411 220

1

Haematocrit sealing compoundNon-drying vinyl plastic compound on a plastic plate. For rapid and safe sealing of micro-haematocrit capillaries.24 capillaries can be placed upright in the numbered storage places on each side of the plate. CE marked.

2BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Haematocrit sealing compound 10 9.411 240

2

Micropipette controllerFor disposable pipettes with micro ring mark and many other small glass pipettes up to 1ml. Autoclavable (121°C). The micropipette controller reduces risk of infection.Contaminated disposable micropipettes can be removed using the integral ejection button.

3BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Micropipette controllerSpare suction system

13

9.288 2009.288 201

3

Pipette controllers, micro-classicSpecially designed for IVF laboratory applications. Comfortable and reliable. Thanks to itsergonomic design and easy handling, the micro-classic pipette controller provides the comfortneeded for difficult work under the microscope. Suitable for disposable micropipettes with ring marks and other microlitre volume pipettes with a capacity up to 1ml. Suitable for left, or right-handed operation. The adapter and suction tube are autoclavable at 121°C.

4BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

Micro-classic, complete, with 2 spare tubesSpare adapter with suction tube

13

9.281 0809.281 085

4

Macropipette controllersThe handwheel allows precise suction of the liquid into the pipette with one hand. The handwheel which enables the suction piston is designed for easy operation by using onlythe thumb. When the wheel stops, the piston remains in the desired position. The liquid can be blown out by pressingthe piston back or allowed to flow out by setting the lateral switch to ”Ex“. A slight pressure applied to the dischargelever opens the valve and lets the liquid flow out easily

5Isolab

For PK Cat. No.

Pipette volume up to 2mlPipette volume up to 10mlPipette volume up to 25ml

111

4.008 3224.008 3234.008 324

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 38: 8. Liquid Handling

866

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette controllers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Maxi pipette filler, 1 to 100mlLarge capacity bulb which works perfectly with all pipette sizes from 1ml up to 100ml.First squeeze the silicone bulb and the thumb lever controls both the aspirate anddispense modes. Incorporates central button to blow out the residual liquid into the pipettes

1Isolab

Type PK Cat. No.

Maxi pipette filler 1 6.238 525

1

Pipette controllers macro 0.1 to 200mlOne single macro pipette controller covers the entire range of bulb and graduatedpipettes from 0.1 to 200 ml.The conical silicone adapter offers a secure fit for the different diameters. The unique valve system allows for easycompression of the newly designed bellows. The spring loaded lever enables an even more sensitive filling and deliveryof liquids. The meniscus is easily adjustable.The unit is fully autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar) according to DIN EN 285. A hydrophobic membrane filter protects the system from liquid penetration.

Supplied with: pipette controller incl. 3 µm spare membrane filter.Pipette Package includes pipette controller macro, grey, 3 graduated pipettes 5ml, 3 graduated pipettes 10ml, plastic cover

2BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipette controller macro, greyPipette controller macro, magentaPipette controller macro, greenPipette controller macro, blueSpare hydrophobic membrane filterValve assemblySpare adapter, siliconePipette Package

11111111

9.273 8509.273 8539.273 8519.273 8529.273 8689.273 8609.273 8619.273 970

2

Pipette controller accu-jet® pro- Exceptionally sensitive meniscus control, even with low-volume pipettes- Light weight (190g) and smoothly rounded grip ensure comfort and minimize fatigue- Securely holds all pipettes from 0.1ml to 200ml- Active vapour exhaust, check valve and filter help protect instrument from liquids and vapours- Additional battery compartment cover (included) allows instrument to be inverted on the bench to avoid

contamination of the pipette adapter.- 8 hours of continuous pipetting (with a 10ml pipette) on each charge; LED low-battery signal; instrument operates

during recharge.

Items supplied: accu-jet® pro, incl. wall support, 2 membrane filters 0.2µm sterile, NiMH battery pack, 2 batterycompartment covers, instruction manual and 100-240V 50/60Hz power supply unit for continental Europe.

3BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

accu-jet® pro, dark blueaccu-jet® pro, magentaaccu-jet® pro, greenaccu-jet® pro, royal blue

1111

9.281 0909.281 0869.281 0879.281 088

3

Accessories for accu-jet® controller4BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

NiMh-Akku battery charger onlySilicone adapter, with non-return valve (PTFE)Membrane filter, 0.2 µm, in blister pack, sterile*Membrane filter, 0.2 µm, in PE bag, non-sterileMembrane filter, 3 µm in blister pack, non-sterileMembrane filter, 3 µm, in PE bag, non-sterile

111

101

10

9.281 0969.281 0949.281 0929.281 0919.273 8689.281 095

* Sterilized with ethylene oxide (ETO), SAL of 10-6, with red colour code

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 39: 8. Liquid Handling

867

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette controllers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Electrical pipette pump PlusThis ergonomic pipette controller is lightweight, made from UV resistant material, features adjustable valves and ismicroprocessor controlled for reliability and accuracy. The powerful pump offers rapid yet sensitive aspiration anddispensing. Filling and dispensing speed is easily set using the same hand by pressing the large control button. The bright LED display will indicate which of the three modes has been selected, High, Low or Gravity Mode. The user labelling area enables customization and instant recognition and/or task designation. Additional featuresinclude hand neutral design, concave padded triggers, a 1ml pipette adapter to increase stability of small pipettes, a long life Li-Ion battery that allows 20 hours of continuous usage, low battery indicator and two holders as standard

- For 1-100ml glass or plastic pipettes- Soft touch triggers- 5 different coloured autoclavable nose pieces as standard- Uses standard 0.45µm hydrophobic filters- Long life, easily changeable rechargeable battery- Sensitive and adjustable aspiration and dispensing- Labelling area for identification- Delivered completely with universal voltage and plug faced charger- Comes with bench stand and magnetic/fixable wall mount

1

Description PK Cat. No.

LLG-Electrical pipette pump PlusMembrane filter, 0.45µm, PTFE, non-sterile

15

9.281 0419.281 005

1

Pipette filler, pipetus®

The pipetus® is ergonomically sophisticated in every detail despite most moderntechnology, powerful and light-weight. Fits graduated, volumetric and Pasteur pipettesfrom 0.1ml to 200 ml. Without reloading it can be operated up to one week. The colour display shows the selected defaults (speed) and the current battery capacity- Automatic inductive charge in the park station guarantees constant readiness- Controlled pipetting by a simple push of a button- EX/Blow out switch for precise operating- Speed key for 5 operating speeds- No memory effect by inserted microcontroller- Clear colour display with permanent display- Optimal meniscus adjustment by sensitive valve technique- Standard relief valve against penetration of liquid- Ergonomic design for fatigue-free serial pipetting- Power supply 100-240V, with EU, UK, US plugs

Supplied with:pipetus® complete with mains operated charging unit and inductive charging stand, color display with battery levelindicator, 2 additional round PTFE filters, additional safety valve and wall mount.

2Hirschmann

Type PK Cat. No.

pipetus® 1 9.283 958

2

Pipette controllers, pipetus®, accessories

34

5

6

Hirschmann

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipette holder, completeRound filter set with one-sided connectionSpare silicone adapterSpare safety valveCharging set 230 V including inductive charging station, EU, UK, US plugMounting bracketRetainer Ring, chromePipette holder housingTable Stand

151111111

9.283 9709.283 9659.283 9619.283 9629.283 9669.283 9679.283 9689.283 9699.287 859

3 4

5 69.283 970 9.283 965

9.283 962 9.283 968

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 40: 8. Liquid Handling

868

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Digital single channel microliter pipettesAvailable with fixed or adjustable volume.

Ergonomic shape for a very comfortable handlingThe rounded shape and the unique soft grip of the LLG pipette ensures a safe and comfortable handling. A minimal effort is required for pipetting so that the risk of repetitive strain injuries (RSI) is reduced.

Maximum Precision and AccuracyThermal insulation of the internal components, using the innovative soft grip, improves the accuracy.

Universal Blow-out SystemThe two-step plunger operation allows reverse pipetting. This also facilitates last drop dispensing by soft plungermovements. High accuracy and precision are guaranteed.

Colour-coded push-button for quick operationThe colour code enables a quick choice of the right pipette depending of the volume to be pipetted (see correspondingcolumn in the table below).

Easy Maintenance and AdjustmentThe volume setting is easy and precise, using the push-button, even when wearing gloves. Maintenance and adjustmenttake only a few minutes with just one tool. (Included in delivery)

Contamination-free PipettingThe pipette is fully autoclavable, ideal for applications where sterility is important.

Satisfaction GuaranteedEach pipette is individually tested and calibrated twice, conforming to EN ISO 8655 and DIN 12600 Standards. A certificate is included.

Made in Germany, CE certified.

1 2 3 4 5 61

2

3 4

5 6

LLG-Digital single channel microliter pipettes, fix

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)510202550100200250500100020002500500010000*

--------------

1.01.04.52.52.52.52.52.92.92.42.42.42.43.0

0.50.51.00.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.6

greygreygreyyellowyellowyellowbluebluebluevioletvioletvioletturquoiseturquoise

11111111111111

9.277 5159.277 5169.277 5179.277 5189.277 5199.277 5209.277 5219.277 5229.277 5239.277 5249.277 5259.277 5269.277 5279.277 528

* 10000µl pipette does not have a tip ejector

LLG-Digital single channel microliter pipettes, variable

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.1 - 2.50.5 - 102 - 2010 - 100*20 - 200100 - 1000*500 - 5000*1000 - 10000**

0.050.10.51.01.05.050.0100.0

1.51.04.52.82.52.92.43.0

0.80.51.00.80.60.60.60.6

greygreygreyyellowyellowbluepurpleturquoise

11111111

9.280 0009.280 0019.280 0029.280 0039.280 0049.280 0059.280 0069.280 007

*Filters for pipettes available on request.** 10000µl pipette does not have a tip ejector

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 41: 8. Liquid Handling

869

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Digital single channel microliter pipettes, Packages, variablePackage 1 Micro contains:a) 3 Microlitre pipettes with the volumes- LLG-microlitre pipette 0.5 to 10µl- LLG-microlitre pipette 10 to 100µl- LLG-microlitre pipette 100 to 1000µlb) for each pipette one bag of tips- crystal (0.1 to 10µl) 1000 tips- yellow (10 to 100µl), 1000 tips- blue (100 to 1000µl), 1000 tipsPackage 2 Macro contains:a) 3 Microliter pipettes with the volumes- LLG-microlitre pipette 100 to 1000µl- LLG-microlitre pipette 500 to 5000µl- LLG-microlitre pipette 1000 to 10000µlb) for each pipette one bag of tips- blue (100 to 1000µl), 1000 tips- clear (100 to 5000µl), 250 tips- clear (1000 to 10000µl), 100 tipsPackage 1 Micro and 2 Macro are also available as packages with 4-place or 6-place pipette stand, made of PMMA.

1

Type PK Cat. No.

Package 1 MicroPackage 2 MacroPackage 1 Micro + 4-place-pipette standPackage 1 Micro + 6-place-pipette standPackage 2 Macro + 4-place-pipette standPackage 2 Macro + 6-place-pipette stand

111111

9.280 0089.280 0096.237 0006.237 0016.237 0026.237 003

1

LLG-Pipette stands for single channel microliter pipettes, PMMAWhite, stable plastic (PMMA), industrial grade. Pipettes are held in an ergonomic position for easy withdrawal andreplacement. Adjustable heights.Suitable for all kind of pipettes.

2

Description PK Cat. No.

for 4 pipettesfor 6 pipettes

11

9.280 0149.280 011

2

LLG-Electronic single channel microliter pipettes, variable3 4 5

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.2 - 105 - 10010 - 20050 - 1000100 - 5000

0.010.10.21.05.0

5.02.50.90.40.4

6.01.50.50.50.5

11111

9.281 0509.281 0519.281 0529.281 0539.281 054

All LLG-Electronic pipettes are supplied with EU, UK and US chargers.

3

4 5

The LLG-Electronic pipettes have been designed for maximum performance, accuracy and simple operation. The microprocessor-based system reduces the possibility for human error. Lightweight and ergonomic controls help toreduce the risk of repetitive strain injuries which is common in manual pipetting. Attractively designed with an extraordinaryfinishing of parts due to high grade mould selection. That gives the LLG-Electronic Pipette its final touch.

Ingenious single operationAll software controls and functions of the LLG-Electronic Pipettes are done by one patented user-friendly innovative knob(jog-dial). No small switches and no snippy button keys as in old, conventional electronic pipettes. Each pipette can beeasily selected and identified by colour coding.Modern visual displayAn innovatic OLED-Display for a graphic readout of status indicator for all functions of the new LLG-Electronic Pipettes.Self-calibration systemThe user can calibrate the pipettor for solutions of different viscosity. The system also permanently controls all functions and indicates all errors.Resourceful SCS-SystemThis system controls the piston movement of the LLG-Electronic Pipettes and guarantees highest precision and accuracy.CalibrationThe LLG-Electronic Pipette is adjusted for the delivery (Ex) of its nominal volume as defined in ISO 8655.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 42: 8. Liquid Handling

870

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette stands Flip & Grip™ for single and multi-channel microliter pipettesUnique pipette holder that gives you the option of using on the bench top, or hangingunder shelf holder to help maximize your working space available.- Will hold up to 6 single channel pipette, or a combo of 3 single and 3 multichannel- Holds most common brands. Rubber grips prevent scratching pipette- Holder rotates for easy pipette selection and storage- Weighted base. Fixing screw provided for under shelf option- Dimensions (W x H): 193 x 332mm (bench top style); 193 x 187mm (under shelf style)

1Heathrow Scientific

Colour PK Cat. No.

BlueLimeMagenta

111

9.194 0029.194 0039.194 004

1

Pipette clamp for single and multi-channel microliter pipettes Clamp-Ette®, PPChemical-resistant PP. Autoclavable.

2Heathrow Scientific

Type Dimensions PK Cat. No.mm

Pipette clamp, plastic 110 x 45 x 105 1 9.280 012

2

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 43: 8. Liquid Handling

871

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes, Transferpette® S, variableThe Transferpette® S models are the perfect manual pipettors for the most demandingapplications in the laboratory. They include all of the features requested by Life Science users:rugged construction, one-hand volume adjustment, complete autoclavability, highest precision, and Easy Calibration™ technology for convenient, long-term reliability.

- Familiar, centrally placed pipetting key and separate tip ejector- Ergonomic finger rest that adapts to your hand for a relaxed grip- Easy, one-handed volume setting for right-or left-handed users- Easy-to-read 4-digit volume display for highest precision- Entirely autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), DIN EN 285- Colour indicates volume range- Corrosion-resistant piston and ejector for durability- Easy Calibration technology on the Transferpette® S digital models, providing calibration adjustments without tools,

and a clear indication when the pipettes have been adjusted from factory settings- Volume range from 0.1µl to 10 ml!- CE-IVD-conform- UV-resistant

Items supplied: Transferpette® S, DE-M marking, with quality certificate, shelf mount and silicone oil.

1BRAND

1

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl0.1 -10.5 - 102 - 2010 - 10020 - 200100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0010.010.020.10.21510

2.01.00.80.60.60.60.60.6

1.20.50.40.20.20.20.20.2

0.1 - 20, 0.1 - 1*0.1 - 20, 0.5 - 20, 1 - 50, 0.1 - 1*, 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 20*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*50 - 1000, 50 - 1000*0.5 - 5 ml1 - 10 ml

11111111

9.280 0509.280 0519.280 0529.280 0539.280 0549.280 0559.280 0569.280 057

* Filter tips

Single channel pipettes Starter-Kits, variable, Transferpette® SCost-saving Starter-Kits containing three Transferpette® S pipettes of different volumeswith corresponding racked pipette tips from BRAND and shelf-mounting, pipette holders.

Items supplied: 3 Transferpette® S, variable, 3 x Tip-Boxes (filled), 3 shelf mounts.

2BRAND

Type Description PK Cat. No.

Starter-Kit MicroStarter-Kit MidiStarter-Kit MacroStarter-Kit Standard

0.1 to 1 µl, 0.5 to 10 µl, 10 to 100 µl2 to 20 µl, 20 to 200 µl, 100 to 1000 µl100 to 1000 µl, 500 to 5000 µl, 1000 to 10000 µl0,5 to 10 µl, 10 to 100 µl, 100 to 1000 µl

1111

9.280 0609.280 0619.280 0629.280 063

2

Pipette stands for Single and multichannel microliter pipettes Transferpette® S3

BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

Bench stand for 1 multichannel pipetteBench stand for 6 single and multichannel pipettesShelf hanger for 1single or multichannel pipette

111

7.510 3919.280 0659.280 066

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 44: 8. Liquid Handling

872

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes, Transferpette® electronic, variable

The Transferpette® electronic design ensures significantly easier operation and is thefirst microlitre pipette worldwide to be awarded the "Ergonomics Approved" certificatefrom the TUV Rhineland.

The optimal design, the arrangement of the operating keys and the adjustable finger rest allow the motorizedTransferpette® electronic to be tailored to the shape of your hand.

- motor-driven, to reduce the risk of RSI and imprecision/inaccuracy caused by operator variability- five operating modes: Pipetting mode, Reverse pipetting, Mixing, Dispensing, Gel-electrophoresis modes- Easy Calibration function for rapid adjustment of the unit without tools- extremely fast pipetting speed- simple, in-lab maintenance- completely autoclavable pipette shafts and multichannel manifolds- NiMH rechargeable battery pack and battery regeneration-mode- CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC

Every single-channel Transferpette® electronic is supplied with its own power supply unit. As an alternative the three-pipette accessory stand can charge up to three instruments at the same time. With the charging stand, individual chargers are not needed.

Items supplied: Transferpette® electronic, DE-M marking, with performance certificate, battery, 230V/50Hz power supply adapter (with continental European plug, alternative versions available on request), silicone oil.

1

BRAND

1

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl0.5 - 102 - 2020 - 200100 - 1000500 - 50000.5 - 10**2 - 20**20 - 200**100 - 1000**500 - 5000**

0.010.020.21.05.00.010.020.21.05.0

1.01.00.80.60.61.01.00.80.60.6

0.40.40.20.20.20.40.40.20.20.2

0.1 - 20, 0.5 - 20, 1 - 50, 0.1 - 1*, 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 20*0.1 - 20, 0.5 - 20, 1 - 50. 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 20*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*50 - 1000, 50 - 1000*500 - 50000.1 - 20, 0.5 - 20, 1 - 50, 0.1 - 1*, 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 20*0.1 - 20, 1 - 50, 0.5 - 20, 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 20*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*50 - 1000, 50 - 1000*500 - 5000

1111111111

9.280 1139.280 1009.280 1019.280 1029.280 1149.280 1159.280 1039.280 1049.280 1059.280 116

* Filter tips**without a.c. adapter, please order with 3-device charging stand 9.280 106

Pipette stands for Single channel microliter pipettes Transferpette® electronic

2

BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

3-pipettor charging stand up to 1000 µl with adapter (230V 50Hz, EU plug)Single stand, for pipettors up to 1000 µlSingle stand, for 500 to 5000 µl pipettors

111

9.280 1069.280 1299.280 130

2

9.280 130

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 45: 8. Liquid Handling

873

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Multichannel microliter pipettes Transferpette® S-8/S-12, variableThe new Transferpette® S -8/-12 multichannel pipettes are the perfect manual pipettesfor the most demanding applications in the lab. They provide all of the features requiredby users working in the life sciences field. A particular advantage of the new multichannel pipette is the easy operation,e.g. when performing serial pipetting of immunological assays, while serial dilutions or when filling the 96-well platesfor cell cultures.The use of new innovative materials results in a pipette that is light, precise, rugged and reliable.Transferpette® S -8/-12 pipettes are available in 5 different models and cover the volume range from 0.5µl to 300µl.

Highlights at a glance:- Central pipetting button and big separate tip ejector for reducing tip ejection forces.- Short pipetting stroke; reduces the risk of RSI and enhances comfort for operators with smaller hands.- Curved finger rest supports pipette for relaxed pipetting.- Real one-handed operation; volume change and volume change protection.- 4-digit volume display for precise volumes; always remains visible during pipetting.- Completely autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar) without disassembly, DIN EN 285.- Corrosion-resistant piston.- Easy Calibration Technique: calibration and adjustments are done within seconds; adjustment from factory settings is

clearly visible from the outside.- Replaceable nose cones and seals to simplify service for long instrument life.- Compatible with most common tips.- Color indicates volume range- CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.- UV-resistant

Items supplied: Transferpette® S -8/-12, DE-M marking, performance certificate, 2 x TipBox filled with BRAND® tips, 1 shelf/rack mount, 1 reagent-reservoir, 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM, 1 mounting tool and silicone oil.

1BRAND

1

Type Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µlS-8S-8S-8S-8S-8S-12S-12S-12S-12S-12

0.5 - 105 - 5010 - 10020 - 20030 - 3000.5 - 105 - 5010 - 10020 - 20030 - 300

0.010.10.20.20.50.010.10.20.20.5

1.60.80.80.80.61.60.80.80.80.6

1.00.40.30.30.31.00.40.30.30.3

0.1 - 20, 0.5 - 20, 0.1 - 1*, 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 50, 1 - 20*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*0.1 - 20, 0.5 - 20, 1 - 50, 0.1 - 1*, 0.5 - 10*, 1 - 20*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 2 - 20*, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*2 - 200, 5 - 300, 5 - 100*, 5 - 200*

1111111111

9.280 0309.280 0319.280 0329.280 0339.280 0349.280 0359.280 0369.280 0379.280 0389.280 039

* Filter tips

Dilution microliter pipette Acura® manual 810, fix

This air displacement micropipette allows subsequent pipetting of 1 and 0.1mL of sameliquid. The two pre-calibrated fixed volumes eliminate any setting. A universal metalnozzle accommodates straw tips (length 190mm, diameter 4 mm), most adequate to aspirate from deep, narrow vialsor Stomacher bags.Ideal alternative to conventional graduated glass pipettes when performing serial 1:10 dilutions in bacteriology.

2

Socorex

Volume Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1 / 0.1 - 0.5 0.4 1 6.203 235

2

Straw tips, PP, for Dilution pipette Acura® manual 810Colourless Polypropylene straw tips with a diameter of 4mm are specially designed foreasy reach deep into narrow vials and Stomacher bags. Their large diametre allows pickup of particle containing liquids.Qualitips® straw tips can be used directly in microbiological tests. They are supplied sterilized, in sealed bags.

3Socorex

Capacity Length PK Cat. No.ml mm1.1 190 1000 6.210 059

3

Blender bags - please see page 567

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 46: 8. Liquid Handling

874

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes Acura® manual 825/835Available with fixed or adjustable volume.The latest Acura® manual pipette line was built with the same attention to detail that made the brand famousover several instrument generations. Introducing a smooth, modern design with easy volume reading. It also features a number of innovations enabling safe and easy, high performance pipetting.

The Acura® line features:- Effortless activation- Smart and reliable volume adjustment- Precision digital display visible at all times- Justip™ adjustable tip ejector fitting most tips- Swift-set user calibration system- Shock, UV-light and autoclaving resistance- CE certified IVD 98/79 EEC- Three-year warranty- Eight micropipettes: 0.1 to 1000ml- Three micropipettes: 0.2 to 10ml - Four fixed volume micropipettes: 2 to 10ml

1Socorex

1

Single channel microliter pipettes Acura® manual 825/835Socorex

Type Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)835835835835

20002500500010000

----

0.80.80.70.5

0.50.50.30.2

1111

6.235 0436.258 0066.205 4296.205 430

Single channel microliter pipettes Acura® manual 825/835, variable

Socorex

Type Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)825825825825825825825825835835835

0.1 - 20.5 - 101 - 102 - 205 - 5010 - 10020 - 200100 - 1000200 - 2000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0020.010.010.020.10.10.210.0020.010.01

2.01.01.01.01.00.80.60.50.50.60.5

1.50.50.70.50.40.20.20.20.20.30.2

11111111111

9.411 5909.411 5919.411 5929.411 5939.411 5949.411 5959.411 5969.411 5976.230 1869.411 5989.411 599

Single channel microliter pipettes Acura® manual 825/835 Triopack™, variable

Set with 3 pipettes.Nine different packs up to 10ml, each containing three adjustable micropipettes to coverall individual requirements in any research or routine application. Available at attractive saver prices.

2

Socorex

Type Capacity PK Cat. No.µl

Acura 825 Triopack.CAcura 825 Triopack.JAcura 825 Triopack.MAcura 825 Triopack.OAcura 825 Triopack.PAcura 825 Triopack.SAcura 825 Triopack.TAcura 825 Triopack.VAcura 825 Triopack.Y

0.1 - 2, 0.5 - 10, 5 - 500.1 - 2, 2 - 20, 20 - 2001 - 10Y*, 5 - 50, 20 - 2000.5 - 10, 10 - 100, 100 - 10001 - 10Y*, 10 - 100, 100 - 10002 - 20, 20 - 200, 100 - 10005 - 50, 20 - 200, 100 - 100010 - 100, 100 - 1000, 500 - 5000100 - 1000, 500 - 5000, 1000 - 10000

333333333

9.411 6209.411 6219.411 6229.411 6289.411 6239.411 6249.411 6259.411 6269.411 627

*10µl pipette for use with 200 µl tips

2

Accessories for single channel microliter pipettes Acura® manual 835Socorex

Description PK Cat. No.

Protection filter for 10ml modelGlass Pasteur pipette for 2ml modelNozzle filter for model 2 and 5ml

100250250

9.411 4849.411 7316.205 906

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 47: 8. Liquid Handling

875

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Microliter pipettes TwiXS Pack Acura® manual XS 826, variable

Six different pipette packs up to 1.000 µl. For all individual requirements in any researchapplication. Available at attractive saver prices.

Ready-to-use set includes:- Two Acura® manual XS pipettes- Shelf pipette holder for two pipettes- Qualitips® samples- QC certificate- Operating instructions

1

Socorex

Type Capacity Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µlPack EPack GPack HPack KPack NPack Q

0,1 - 2 + 2 - 200,5 - 10 + 10 - 1002 - 20 + 20 - 2005 - 50 + 20 - 20010 - 100 + 100 - 100020 - 200 + 100 - 1000

Ultra 10 - 200Ultra 10 - 200200 - 200200 - 200200 - 1000200 - 1000

222222

9.411 6509.411 6519.411 6549.411 6529.411 6539.411 655

1

Single channel microliter pipettes, Calibra® digital 822/832- Seven micropipettes: 0.2 to 1000µl- two macropipettes: 0.2 to 10ml- Instant, volume adjustment- Unsurpassed performance and calibration stability- Shock, heat, chemicals and UV light resistance- Reliable user calibration- Macro models accommodate interchangeable nozzle filters- CE certified conform to IVD 98/79 EEC- Autoclavable at 121°C/250°F- Three-year warranty

2Socorex

Type Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl822822822822822822822832832

0.2 - 21 - 101 - 102 - 2010 - 10020 - 200100 - 1000200 - 20001000 - 10000

0.10.050.050.10.51510100

2.01.01.01.00.80.60.50.50.5

1.50.50.70.50.20.20.20.20.15

10102002002002001000200010000

111111111

9.411 4739.411 4749.411 4759.411 4769.411 4779.411 4789.411 4799.411 4809.411 481

2

Accessories for Single channel microliter pipettes Calibra® digital 8323

Socorex

Description PK Cat. No.

Protection filter for 2ml modelGlass Pasteur pipette for 2ml modelProtection filter for 10ml modelAutoclaving box for 24 x 10ml tips

250250100

4

9.411 4829.411 7319.411 4849.411 503

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 48: 8. Liquid Handling

876

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes Acura® electro XS 926/936, variable

Microprocessor-controlled instrument line featuring intuitive software avoiding anycomplicated programming steps. No particular skills are required to get quick access tosix working modes and many volumes to select from. Unsurpassed metrological performance and stability.

Pipetting modes:- Forward: aspiration and pipetting of set volume- Reverse: aspiration in excess, followed by dosing of set volume- Stepper: tip filling and step-by-step distribution- Dilution: aspiration of 2 or 3 different volumes for restitution in one shot- Tactile: ”start-stop-start“ slow liquid measurement, titration and gel loading- Mixing: ”Up and down“ liquid flow

The Acura® electro features:- Optimal ergonomics, light weight- Easy, intuitive, self-teaching programme- Large display, reversible right/left reading- Swift-interchange battery pack- Fast charge, long working autonomy- Adjustable tip ejector fitting most tips- Pipetting cycle counter- Interchangeable volumetric modules- Two years warranty

Supplied with: Electronic pipette with 4.8V battery, operating instructions and QC certificate, Qualitips® pipette tips samples, silicone grease

1

Socorex

1

Type Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µlAcura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro XS 926Acura® electro 936Acura® electro 936Acura® electro 936

0.1 - 20.5 - 100.5 - 101 - 202.5 - 505 - 10010 - 20050 - 1000100 - 2000250 - 5000500 - 10000

0.010.050.050.10.250.51.05.0105050

0.90.60.60.50.50.50.40.40.50.50.5

0.80.350.40.30.250.20.150.10.150.150.15

Ultra 10Ultra 1020020020020020010002000500010000

11111111111

9.411 6609.411 6619.411 6629.411 6639.411 6649.411 6659.411 6669.411 6679.411 6809.411 6819.411 682

Single channel microliter pipettes Initial package Acura® electro XS926/electro 936, variable

Initial package is recommended when purchasing an Acura® electro for the first time.Each initial package contains one electronic pipette, QC certificate and operatinginstructions, charging stand, power supply, additional battery pack, Qualitips® pipette tips samples. Thereafter, additional pipettes can be purchased alone and charged on existing stand.

Initial package supplied with:electronic pipette with 4.8V battery, additional battery pack, charging stand, power supply, operating instructions andQC certificate, Qualitips® pipette tips samples, silicone grease

2

Socorex

2

Type Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µlInitial package Acura® electro XS 926 Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro XS 926Initial package Acura® electro 936Initial package Acura® electro 936Initial package Acura® electro 936

0.1 - 20.5 - 100.5 - 101 - 202.5 - 505 - 10010 - 20050 - 1000100 - 2000250 - 5000500 - 10000

0.010.050.050.10.250.51.05.0105050

0.90.60.60.50.50.50.40.40.50.50.5

0.80.350.40.30.250.20.150.10.150.150.15

Ultra 10Ultra 1020020020020020010002000500010000

11111111111

9.411 6689.411 6699.411 6709.411 6719.411 6729.411 6739.411 6749.411 6759.411 6839.411 6849.411 685

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 49: 8. Liquid Handling

877

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Multichannel microlitre pipettes Acura® manual 855, variable

- 8- and 12-channel models up to 350µl- Light weight and perfect hand fitting- Easy to handle- Precision digital display visible at all times- 360° rotation of volumetric module- Adjustable tip ejector fitting most tips- Integrated user calibration system- CE certified conform to IVD 98/79 EEC- Autoclavable at 121°C/250°F- Three-year warranty

1

Socorex

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl888812121212

0.5 - 105 - 5020 - 20040 - 3500.5 - 105 - 5020 - 20040 - 350

0.010.10.20.40.010.10.20.4

1.50.80.70.81.50.80.70.8

1.00.40.30.31.00.40.30.3

1020020035010200200350

11111111

9.411 6309.411 6319.411 6329.411 6339.411 6349.411 6359.411 6369.411 637

1

Multichannel microliter pipettes Acura® electro 956, variable

Microprocessor-controlled instrument line featuring intuitive software avoiding anycomplicated programming steps. No particular skills are required to get quick access tosix working modes and many volumes to select from. Unsurpassed metrological performance and stability.

Pipetting modes:- Forward: aspiration and pipetting of set volume- Reverse: aspiration in excess, followed by dosing of set volume- Stepper: tip filling and step-by-step distribution- Dilution: aspiration of 2 or 3 different volumes for restitution in one shot- Tactile: ”start-stop-start“ slow liquid measurement, titration and gel loading- Mixing: ”Up and down“ liquid flow

The Acura® electro features:- Optimal ergonomics, light weight- Easy, intuitive, self-teaching programme- Large display, reversible right/left reading- Swift-interchange battery pack- Fast charge, long working autonomy- Adjustable tip ejector fitting most tips- Pipetting cycle counter- Interchangeable volumetric modules- Two years warranty

Supplied with: Electronic pipette with 4.8V battery, operating instructions and QC certificate, Qualitips® pipette tips samples, silicone grease

2

Socorex

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl888812121212

0.5 - 102.5 - 5010 - 20020 - 3500.5 - 102.5 - 5010 - 20020 - 350

0.050.251.05.00.050.251.05.0

1.00.80.60.61.00.80.60.6

0.70.40.250.250.70.40.250.25

Ultra 10200200350Ultra 10200200350

11111111

9.411 6909.411 6919.411 6929.411 6939.411 6949.411 6959.411 6969.411 697

2

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 50: 8. Liquid Handling

878

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Multichannel microliter pipettes Acura® electro 956, variable

Initial package supplied with:electronic pipette with 4.8V battery, additional battery pack, charging stand, powersupply, operating instructions and QC certificate, Qualitips® pipette tips samples, silicone grease

1

Socorex

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl888812121212

0.5 - 102.5 - 5010 - 20020 - 3500.5 - 102.5 - 5010 - 20020 - 350

0.050.251.05.00.050.251.05.0

1.00.80.60.61.00.80.60.6

0.70.40.250.250.70.40.250.25

Ultra 10200200350Ultra 10200200350

11111111

9.411 7009.411 7019.411 7029.411 7039.411 7049.411 7059.411 7069.411 707

1

Accessoires for Acura® electro microliter pipettesSocorex

Description PK Cat. No.

Stand for pipettes or battery packs, 3 positionsStand for power handles only, 3 positionsSpare battery for blue Acura® electro line, NiMH, 4.8V

111

6.225 8186.225 8489.411 708

Shelf pipette holder for Single and Multi channel microliter pipettes, Type 332

For two Acura® and Calibra® micro and/or multichannel pipettes.Material: polycarbonate (PC). Maintenance: clean with mild detergent. Not autoclavable.

2

Socorex

Type PK Cat. No.

Shelf pipette holder 332 1 6.235 370

2

Pipette stands Twister™ universal 336 for single channel microliter pipettesUnique design 6-position pipette work station with great characteristics. Model fits sixpipettes of most brands providing for an ideal storage solution in any laboratory.Rotation enables quick instrument selection. Easy disassembling for simple maintenance. Available in seven translucent colours. Discs are exchangeable.

3Socorex

Colour PK Cat. No.

Sapphire blueEmerald greenTopaz orangeQuartz greyRuby redDiamond whiteCitrine yellow

1111111

6.253 9166.253 9176.253 9186.253 9196.253 9206.253 9216.253 922

3

Pipette stand for Single and Multichannel microliter pipettes, for Calibra® and Acura® models

Innovative design fits all Calibra® and Acura® models. Easy reach of each instrument.Heavy base plate and anti-slip pads guarantee high stability. Polyamide construction.

4

Socorex

Description PK Cat. No.

Pipette stand 340 for 3 pipettes 1 9.411 505

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 51: 8. Liquid Handling

879

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette stands for Single channel microliter pipettes, Type 337- Holds up to 7 single-channel pipettes of most brands- Available in 5 attractive colours- Space-saving table-mounted models- Polyacrylamide (PA) material is easy to clean

1Socorex

Colour PK Cat. No.

Light greyPinkIce blueMint greenVanilla yellow

11111

9.411 4919.411 5049.411 4929.411 4939.411 494

1

Single channel pipette mLine®, mechanical, variabelThe mechanical pipettes of Sartorius are known for their ergonomic, user-friendly designand reliability. mLINE ® pipettes represent an ergonomic choice for quality-conscious users whoperform long lasting and repetitive manual pipetting. These pipettes are used in (bio)pharmaceutical laboratories,research institutes, universities, health care and industrial laboratories for various liquid handling tasks

2Sartorius Weighing

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Optifit Tips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) µl

0.1 - 30.5 - 102 - 2010 - 100

20 - 200

100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0020.010.020.10

0.20

1.0010.020.0

± 1.30± 1.00± 0.90± 0.80

± 0.60

± 0.60± 0.50± 0.60

± 0.80± 0.60± 0.40± 0.15

± 0.15

± 0.20± 0.20± 0.20

1010

200200350200350

10005000

10000

1111

1

111

6.234 0956.234 0966.237 3716.228 993

6.228 995

6.206 3796.237 3726.239 043

Pipette stand for single channel pipettes mLine®

Carousel stand for 6 mechanical pipettes.

3Sartorius Weighing

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipette stand for single channel pipettes mLine® 1 6.238 583

2

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 52: 8. Liquid Handling

880

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel/Multichannel microliter pipettes F1-ClipTip™Available with fixed or adjustable volume.The innovative ClipTip™ interlocking technology ensures a complete seal with minimal tipattachment and ejection force. Achieve newfound confidence knowing that once attached, your tips are locked firmly inplace, and will not loosen or fall off regardless of application pressure. The innovative three interlocking clip designensures the tip is held securely on the F1-ClipTip™ pipette only until it is released.- Tip is locked and sealed in place until ejected, no dropped tips that waste valuable samples- Complete seal to secure the sample volume in the tip, enhanced accuracy and precision- Tips are attached and ejected with a light touch, which eliminates the frustration of banging tips on the pipette- Ergonomic design and Soft-touch tip ejection: Offering low attachment, ejection and plunger forces for safe and

comfortable use- Remarkably lightweight: Modern design protects user from the risk of Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI)- Adjustable comfort: The 120° adjustable finger rest for both right- and left-handed operator comfort, allows the hand

to relax during pipetting cycles- Super blow-out: 150% increase in air boost to ensure efficient delivery of micro-volumes and prevent capillary action

(Available for models up to 50µl)- Volume Lock Adjustment for Variable Volume models: The secure volume setting prevents undesirable volume drift

during operation- Industry-leading lifetime warranty: With convenient online registration- Compliance: The F1-ClipTip™ Pipetting system is CE-marked in accordance with IVD Directive in Europe- Certifications: Manufactured according to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 13485.

1Thermo Scientific

1

Single channel microliter pipettes F1-ClipTip™, fixThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)15102025501002002505001000

-----------

4.01.40.90.70.60.60.40.40.40.30.3

4.01.40.80.50.50.40.30.30.30.30.3

ClipTip™ 20ClipTip™ 20ClipTip™ 20ClipTip™ 20ClipTip™ 50ClipTip™ 50ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1000ClipTip™ 1000

11111111111

9.282 6389.282 6399.282 6409.282 6419.282 6429.282 6439.282 6449.282 6459.282 6469.282 6479.282 648

Single channel microliter pipettes F1-ClipTip, variableThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1 - 102 - 205 - 5010 - 10020 - 20030 - 300100 - 1000

0.020.020.10.20.21.01.0

2.53.03.03.01.81.51.0

2.02.52.51.00.70.60.6

PinkPinkVioletYellowYellowOrangeBlue

ClipTip™ 20ClipTip™ 20ClipTip™ 50ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1000

1111111

9.282 6319.282 6329.282 6339.282 6349.282 6359.282 6369.282 637

Multichannel microliter pipettes F1-ClipTip™, variableThermo Scientific

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)888812121212

1 - 105 - 5010 - 10030 - 3001 - 105 - 5010 - 10030 - 300

0.020.10.21.00.020.10.21.0

12.05.05.05.012.05.05.05.0

8.02.02.02.08.02.02.02.0

PinkVioletYellowOrangePinkVioletYellowOrange

ClipTip 20ClipTip 50ClipTip 200ClipTip 300ClipTip 20ClipTip 50ClipTip 200ClipTip 300

11111111

9.282 6519.282 6529.282 6539.282 6549.282 6559.282 6569.282 6579.282 658

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 53: 8. Liquid Handling

881

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes F1-ClipTip™ GLP Kits, variable

F1-ClipTip™ GLP Kit 1 includes:- one F1-ClipTip™ single channel pipette with 1-10µl, 10-100µl and 100-1000µl each- one F series stand- ClipTip™ 20, 200 and 1000 pipette tips (one rack with 96 tips each)- one 25ml reservoir- two divided reservoirs (25 and 100ml)

F1-ClipTip™ GLP Kit 2 includes:- one F1-ClipTip™ single channel pipette with 2-20µl, 10-200µl and 200-2000µl each- one 8-channel pipette with 30-300µl- one F series stand- ClipTip™ 20, 200, 300 and 1000 pipette tips (one rack with 96 tips each)- one 25ml reservoir- two divided reservoirs (25 and 100ml)

1

Thermo Scientific

Type PK Cat. No.

F1-ClipTip™ GLP Kit 1F1-ClipTip™ GLP Kit 2

11

9.282 6149.282 615

1

Electronic single channel and multichannel microliter pipettes E1-ClipTip™2

Thermo Scientific

2

Electronic single channel microliter pipettes E1-ClipTip™, variableThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.5 - 12.52 - 12510 - 30050 - 1250

0.010.10.11.0

1.0 - 4.00.6 - 2.40.6 - 1.70.5 - 2.4

0.4 - 4.00.2 - 0.80.2 - 0.50.1 - 0.5

PinkYellowOrangeTurquoise

ClipTip™ 12.5ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1250

1111

9.282 6949.282 6959.282 6969.282 697

Electronic multichannel microliter pipettes E1-ClipTip™, variable

Thermo Scientific

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Tip PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)888812121212161616

0.5 - 12.52 - 12510 - 30050 - 12500.5 - 12.52 - 12510 - 30030 - 8500.5 - 12.51 - 302 - 125

0.010.10.110.010.10.110.010.010.1

2.5 - 12.02.0 - 8.02.0 - 5.01.4 - 4.02.5 - 12.02.0 - 8.02.0 - 5.01.5 - 4.72.5 - 12.02.0 - 10.02.0 - 8.0

1.6 - 12.00.6 - 4.00.6 - 2.00.6 - 1.51.6 - 12.00.6 - 4.00.6 - 2.00.6 - 2.01.6 - 12.00.9 - 7.00.6 - 4.0

PinkYellowOrangeTurquoisePinkYellowOrangeBluePinkVioletYellow

ClipTip™ 12.5ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1250ClipTip™ 12.5ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1000ClipTip™ 384 12.5ClipTip™ 384 30ClipTip™ 384 125

11111111111

9.282 6989.282 6999.282 7009.282 7019.282 7029.282 7039.282 7049.282 7059.282 7069.282 7079.282 708

With enhanced versatility and customization, E1-ClipTip™ Electronic microliter pipettesautomate e.g. daily 96-and 384-well microplate pipetting tasks.Innovative ClipTip interlocking tip interface technology- Tip is locked and sealed in place until ejected: No dropped tips that waste valuable samples- Complete seal to secure the sample volume in each tip for enhanced accuracy and precision- Tips are attached and ejected with a light touch: Eliminates the frustration of banging tips on the pipetteUnified operation for multiple users and environments- Personalized user interface and password protection ensure consistent operation among multiple users.- Designed for optimum comfort and ease of use, electronic tip ejection and index finger pipettingMyPipette™: One click access for more efficient and unified pipetting: Customise your main menu view by organising icons in your preferred order or creating shortcuts for your favorite programs and pipetting functions. You can also protect important settings from unintentional editing with a password.Store up to 20 programsA pipette for every application: Choose from single channels, 8- and 16-channel multichannels, or 6- and 12-channeladjustable tip spacing Equalizer multichannel pipettes within the volume range of 0.5-1250µLTrack your pipetteLiquid specific calibrations: Higher quality results with liquid specific calibrationsLi-Ion battery: Long lasting performance and fast recharging.Flexible re-charging: Use either charging stand or a plug, you decide2-year warranty: With convenient web registration

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 54: 8. Liquid Handling

882

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Electronic multichannel microliter pipettes E1-ClipTip™ Equalizer, variable

Perform sample transfers between virtually any tube, rack, microplate or horizontal gelbox quickly and efficiently with the Thermo Scientific™ E1-ClipTip™ Equalizer Pipette.Adjustable tip spacing allows you to set the distance between tips by simply sliding the scale to expand or contract tothe desired labware format. Feel the difference.

An ideal choice for sample transfers: Reduce repetition and save time between labware formats with adjustable tipspacing in Equalizer models.

1

Thermo Scientific

1

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Tip Adjustable Tip spacing

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) mm6888888121212

50 - 12502 - 12510 - 30050 - 12500.5 - 12.51 - 302 - 1250.5 - 12.51 - 302 - 125

10.10.110.010.010.10.010.010.1

1.4 - 4.02.0 - 8.02.0 - 5.01.4 - 4.02.5 - 12.02.0 - 10.02.0 - 8.02.5 - 12.02.0 - 10.02.0 - 8.0

0.6 - 1.50.6 - 4.00.6 - 2.00.6 - 1.51.6 - 12.00.9 - 7.00.6 - 4.01.6 - 12.00.9 - 7.00.6 - 4.0

TurquoiseYellowOrangeTurquoisePinkVioletYellowPinkVioletYellow

ClipTip™ 1250ClipTip™ 200ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1250ClipTip™ 384 12.5ClipTip™ 384 30ClipTip™ 384 125ClipTip™ 384 12.5ClipTip™ 384 30ClipTip™ 384 125

9.0 - 19.89.0 - 14.29.0 - 14.29.0 - 14.24.5 - 14.24.5 - 14.24.5 - 14.24.5 - 9.04.5 - 9.04.5 - 9.0

1111111111

9.282 7099.282 7109.282 7119.282 7129.282 7139.282 7149.282 7159.282 7169.282 7179.282 718

Pipette stand for electronic single and multichannel microliter pipettesE1-ClipTip™

2

Thermo Scientific

Description PK Cat. No.

Pipette stand E1-ClipTip™ with power supply 1 9.282 719

2

Pipette Tips ClipTip™Thermo Scientific ClipTip™ pipette tips provide security with a unique and innovativeinterlocking technology that ensures a complete seal on every channel with minimal tipattachment and ejection force. Achieve newfound confidence knowing that once attached, your tips are locked firmly inplace, and will not loosen or fall off. The innovative three interlocking clip design ensures the tip is held securely on theF1-ClipTip™ pipette only until it is released.- Tips are attached and ejected with a light touch: Eliminates the frustration of banging tips on the pipette- Low retention: Special technology to enable maximium sample recovery- Versatile Tip Range: Choose from five sizes: 20, 50, 200, 300 and 1000µL- Immediate traceability- Compliance: The F1-ClipTip™ pipetting system is CE-marked in accordance with IVD Directive in Europe.- Certifications: Manufactured according to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 13485 and free of RNase, DNase, DNA, ATP and

endotoxin contamination

3Thermo Scientific

3

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 12.5 for 96 and 384Thermo Scientific

Capacity Packagecontents

Description PK Cat. No.

µl0.5 - 12.50.5 - 12.50.5 - 12.50.5 - 12.50.5 - 12.50.5 - 12.5

10 racks of 38410 racks of 38410 racks of 38410 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 96

ClipTip™ 384 12.5ClipTip™ 384 12.5, sterileClipTip™ 384 12.5, Filter tips, sterileClipTip™ 96 12.5ClipTip™ 96 12.5, sterileClipTip™ 96 12.5, Filter tips, sterile

384038403840960960960

9.282 7209.282 7219.282 7229.282 7299.282 7309.282 731

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 55: 8. Liquid Handling

883

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 20 for 96Length 4.6cm, volume range 1-20µl, colour code pink.Suitable for F1-ClipTip™ Cat. No. 9.282 631, 9.282 632, 9.282 638, 9.282 639, 9.282 640, 9.282 641, 9.282 651 and 9.282 655.

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl1 - 201 - 201 - 201 - 201 - 201 - 20

non sterilesterilenon sterilesterileFilter tips, sterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 9610 refill packs of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 96

960960960960960960

9.282 6619.282 6629.282 6639.282 6649.282 6659.282 666

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 30 for 384Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl1 - 301 - 301 - 30

non-sterilesterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 38410 racks of 38410 racks of 384

384038403840

9.282 7239.282 7249.282 725

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 50 for 96Length 5.1cm, volume range 5-50µl, colour code violet.Suitable for F1-ClipTip™ Cat. No. 9.282 633, 9.282 642, 9.282 643, 9.282 652 and 9.282 656.

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl5 - 505 - 505 - 505 - 505 - 505 - 50

non sterilesterilenon sterilesterileFilter tips, sterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 9610 refill packs of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 96

960960960960960960

9.282 6679.282 6689.282 6699.282 6709.282 6719.282 672

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 125 for 384Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl1 - 1251 - 1251 - 125

non-sterilesterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 38410 racks of 38410 racks of 384

384038403840

9.282 7269.282 7279.282 728

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 200 for 96Length 5.6cm, volume range 10-200µl, colour code yellow.Suitable for F1-ClipTip™ Cat. No. 9.282 634, 9.282 635, 9.282 644, 9.282 645, 9.282 653 and 9.282 657.

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl10 - 20010 - 20010 - 20010 - 20010 - 20010 - 200

non sterilesterilenon sterilesterileFilter tips, sterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 9610 refill packs of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 96

960960960960960960

9.282 6739.282 6749.282 6759.282 6769.282 6779.282 678

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 300 for 96Length 6.3cm, volume range 30-300µl, colour code orange.Suitable for F1-ClipTip™ Cat. No. 9.282 636, 9.282 646, 9.282 654 and 9.282 658.

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl30 - 30030 - 30030 - 30030 - 30030 - 30030 - 300

non sterilesterilenon sterilesterileFilter tips, sterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 inserts of 9610 inserts of 9610 racks of 9610 inserts of 96

960960960960960960

9.282 6799.282 6809.282 6819.282 6829.282 6839.282 684

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 56: 8. Liquid Handling

884

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 1000 for 96Length 9.5cm, volume range 100-1000µl, colour code blue.Suitable for F1-ClipTip™ Cat. No. 9.282 637, 9.282 647 and 9.282 648.

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000

non sterilesterilenon sterilesterileFilter tips, sterileFilter tips, sterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 9610 refill packs of 9610 racks of 9610 refill packs of 96

768768768768768768

9.282 6859.282 6869.282 6879.282 6889.282 6899.282 690

Pipette Tips ClipTip™ 1250 for 96Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl50 -125050 -125050 -125050 -125050 -125050 -1250

non-sterilesterileBlister ReloadBlister Reload, sterileFilter tips, sterileFilter tips Reload, sterile

8 racks of 968 racks of 968 inserts of 968 inserts of 968 racks of 968 inserts of 96

768768768768768768

9.282 7329.282 7339.282 7349.282 7359.282 7369.282 737

Empty Racks for Pipette Tips F1-ClipTip™Thermo Scientific

Type For PK Cat. No.

ClipTip™ Rack smallClipTip™ Rack mediumClipTip™ Rack large

ClipTip™ 20, ClipTip™ 50ClipTip™ 200, ClipTip™ 300ClipTip™ 1000

10108

9.282 6919.282 6929.282 693

Single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F1The Thermo Scientific Finnpipette™ F1 pipette incorporates state-of-the-art innovationsfor ease of use and proven results. The Advanced Volume Gearing mechanism (AVG) is aself-supporting modular volume adjustment mechanism that enhances pipetting performance.It also delivers dependable accuracy and precision with real durability with its separate pipetter body.- Integrated surface protection - helps keep the pipette clean and free from contaminants- Set and Forget pipetting button - easy and secure locking mechanism to adjust the volume- Adjustable finger rest - can be adjusted 120° for optimal pipetting and tip ejection position- Advanced Volume Gearing (AVG) Mechanism - increased accuracy, precision and durability- Light pipetting forces - improved ergonomics to minimise the risk of RSI- Patented super blow-out piston in models with volumes of 50µl and below to ensure the delivery of micro-size drops- Patented soft touch tip ejection mechanism- 5 year warranty

1Thermo Scientific

1

Single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F1, fixThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)15102550100250500100020003000500010000

-------------

4.01.40.90.60.60.40.40.30.30.30.30.30.3

4.01.40.80.50.40.30.30.30.30.20.20.20.2

Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.5ml5ml5ml10ml

1111111111111

9.282 4009.282 4019.282 4029.282 4039.282 4049.282 4059.282 4069.282 4079.282 4089.282 4099.282 4106.240 0719.282 411

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 57: 8. Liquid Handling

885

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F1, variableThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0,2 - 2*0,5 - 5*1 - 10*1 - 102 - 20*2 - 2010 - 10020 - 20030 - 300100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0020.010.020.020.020.020.20.21.01.010.020.0

12.06.02.53.53.03.03.01.81.51.02.02.0

2.01.00.50.80.40.40.20.20.20.20.20.2

PinkPinkPinkYellowTurquoiseYellowYellowYellowOrangeBlueGreenRed

Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ.50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 300, 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 300, 200 Ext.Flex 300, 300Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.5 ml10 ml

111111111111

9.282 4129.282 4136.242 5579.282 4149.282 4159.282 4169.282 4176.241 3739.282 4189.282 4199.282 4209.282 421

*Microtip

Single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F2Introducing the new Thermo Scientific Finnpipette™ F2, a pipette that has all the rightqualities. It has a light pipetting action, it is easy to use, and it is fully autoclavable.Furthermore, the Finnpipette™ F2 offers outstanding reliability, which we guarantee with a 5 year warranty. Add to this great accuracy and precision, and you know the Finnpipette™ F2 is a winner.- Advanced Volume Gearing (AVG) mechanism - increased accuracy, precision and durability- Light pipetting forces - improved ergonomics to minimise the risk of RSI- Double-action pipetting button - prevents accidental volume alteration during pipetting- Very large Ergovisio display - very big and clear display- Both single channel and multichannel pipettes are fully autoclavable- 5 year warranty

1Thermo Scientific

1

Single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F2, fixThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1510252050100200250500100020003000500010000

---------------

4.01.40.90.60.60.60.40.40.40.30.30.30.30.30.3

4.01.40.80.50.50.40.30.30.30.30.30.20.20.20.2

Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.5ml5ml5ml10ml

111111111111111

9.282 4509.282 4519.282 4529.282 4539.282 4639.282 4549.282 4559.282 4649.282 4569.282 4579.282 4589.282 4599.282 4609.282 4619.282 462

Single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F2, variableThermo Scientific

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0,2 - 2*0,5 - 5*1 - 10*1 - 102 - 20*2 - 205 - 50*5 - 5010 - 10020 - 200100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0020.010.020.020.020.020.10.10.20.21.010.020.0

12.06.02.53.53.03.00.30.33.01.81.02.02.0

2.01.00.50.80.40.40.30.30.20.20.20.20.2

PinkPinkPinkYellowTurquoiseYellowTurquoiseYellowYellowYellowBlueGreenRed

Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ.50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ.50 MikroFlex 200, Flex 300, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 300, 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 300, 200 Ext.Flex 1000, 1000, 1000 Ext.5 ml10 ml

1111111111111

6.240 1026.233 7429.282 4656.240 3609.282 4666.233 7436.251 9006.239 1789.282 4676.233 7446.233 7456.238 1066.239 136

*Microtip

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 58: 8. Liquid Handling

886

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Electronic single channel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ Novus, variable

Thermo Scientific Finnpipette™ Novus Single Channel Electronic Pipetters offerperformance with simple operation and reduced stress for comfortable, productive pipetting.- Easy to use simple text guided user interface and operator button layout.- Large display shows all the names of the functions without abbreviations.- Ergonomic and lightweight design with balanced weight distribution enables longer work periods without fatigue.- Finger rest is adjustable by 120 degrees to find the optimal pipetting position for both left hand and right hand users.- Adjustable finger rest leaves your index finger free to control pipetting with minimum effort using the trigger action

pipetting button.- Light-touch tip ejector minimizes strain on your thumb with the very low tip ejection force and can be used with both

right and left-hand.- Finnpipette™ Novus has 10 different pipetting functions to cover most pipetting applications in the laboratory.- 9 different speeds which can be separately adjusted for dispensing and aspirating, to optimize pipetting with different

reagents.- 9 built-in memory slots to store your own combination of the 10 different pipetting functions.- Intuitive menu ensures easy access to pipetting functions for all laboratory pipetting applications.- Light, long lasting battery allowing over 4000 pipetting actions.- Fast recharge battery, fully recharged within 1 hour and the pipette is fully operational while recharging.- Finnpipette™ Novus designed for easy in-lab calibration and service.- The tip cone is fully autoclavable.- Color coded buttons and color coded ring help identify the matching Finntip model.

1

Thermo Scientific

1

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1 - 10*1 - 105 - 50*5 - 5010 - 10030 - 300100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.010.010.10.10.11.01.010.010.0

3.57.03.03.03.03.03.03.03.0

3.06.02.52.51.00.70.60.80.8

pinkyellowturquoiseyellowyelloworangebluegreenred

10250 Univ., 200 Ext.50250 Univ., 200 Ext.250 Univ., 200 Ext.3001000, 1000 Ext.5ml10ml

111111111

6.228 6989.282 4806.228 6996.228 7006.228 7016.228 7026.228 7036.228 7046.228 705

*Microtip

Multichannel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F1, variableFinnpipette™ F1 multichannel pipettes are available in 8-, 12- and 16-channel modelswith a wide selection of volume ranges. As with the single channel Finnpipette™ F1 pipettes,the AVG mechanism ensures a high level of accuracy and precision. The soft-touch tip ejection is especially useful on multichannel models, significantly reducing the effort needed to ejectmultiple tips. In addition, in the low volume models the super blow-out function ensures accurate dispensing for eventhe lowest volumes.

2Thermo Scientific

2

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)8888121212121616

1 - 105 - 5010 - 10030 - 3001 - 105 - 5010 - 10030 - 3001 - 105 - 50

0.020.10.21.00.020.10.21.00.020.1

12.05.05.05.012.05.05.05.012.05.0

8.02.02.02.08.02.02.02.08.02.0

pinkyellowyelloworangepinkyellowyelloworangevioletturquoise

Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 300, 300Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 300, 300Flex 10 (384), 50 Mikro50 Mikro

1111111111

9.282 4309.282 4319.282 4329.282 4339.282 4349.282 4359.282 4369.282 4379.282 4389.282 439

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 59: 8. Liquid Handling

887

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Multichannel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ F2, variableThe Finnpipette™ F2 multichannel pipettes are available in 8-, 12- and 16-channelmodels with a selection of volume ranges. As with the single channel Finnpipette™F2 pipettes, the AVG mechanism ensures a high level of accuracy and precision. In addition, in the low volume models the super blow-out function ensures accurate dispensing for even the lowest volumes.

1Thermo Scientific

1

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)8888121212121616

1 - 105 - 5010 - 10030 - 3001 - 105 - 5010 - 10030 - 3001 - 105 - 50

0.020.10.21.00.020.10.21.00.020.1

0.240.751.33.00.240.751.33.00.240.75

8.02.02.02.08.02.02.02.08.02.0

pinkyellowyelloworangepinkyellowyelloworangevioletturquoise

Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 300, 300Flex 10, 10, 50 MikroFlex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 200, 250 Univ., 200 Ext.Flex 300, 300Flex 10 (384), 50 Mikro50 Mikro

1111111111

9.282 4709.282 4719.282 4729.282 4739.282 4749.282 4759.282 4769.282 4779.282 4789.282 479

Electronic multichannel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ Novus, variable

Thermo Scientific Finnpipette™ Novus Multichannel Pipetters offer superior performancefor microplate applications.- Easy to use simple text guided user interface and operator button layout.- Large display shows all the names of the functions without abbreviations.- Features multi-language programming: English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish, and Swedish.- Ergonomic and lightweight design with balanced weight distribution enables longer work periods without fatigue.- Finger rest is adjustable by 120 degrees to find the optimal pipetting position for both left hand and right hand users.- Adjustable finger rest leaves your index finger free to control pipetting with minimum effort using the trigger action

pipetting button.- Light-touch tip ejector minimizes strain on your thumb with the very low tip ejection force and can be used with both

right and left-hand.- Finnpipette™ Novus has 10 different pipetting functions to cover most pipetting applications in the laboratory.- 9 different speeds which can be separately adjusted for dispensing and aspirating, to optimize pipetting with different

reagents.- 9 built-in memory slots to store your own combinations of the 10 different pipetting functions.- Intuitive menu ensures easy access to pipetting functions for all laboratory pipetting applications.- Light, long lasting battery allowing over 4000 pipetting actions.- Fast recharge battery, can be fully recharged within 1 hour and the pipette is fully operational while recharging.- Finnpipette™ Novus designed for easy in-lab calibration and service.- The module is fully autoclavable.- Color coded buttons to help identify the matching Finntip model.- Wide range of multichannel models for demanding laboratory tasks.- Lightweight handle and module has a balanced weight distribution preventing muscle stress and strain.

2

Thermo Scientific

2

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code Suitable FinntipTips

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)888812121216

1 - 105 - 5030 - 300100 - 12001 - 105 - 5030 - 3005 - 50

0.010.11.01.00.010.11.00.1

12.05.03.03.012.05.03.05.0

8.02.00.90.98.02.01.02.0

pinkyelloworangeturquoisepinkyelloworangeturquoise

10, 20, 50250300120010, 20, 5025030050

11111111

6.228 7066.228 7076.228 7086.228 7099.282 4819.282 4829.282 4839.282 484

Pipette stand for single and multichannel microliter pipettes F1/F23Thermo Scientific

Description PK Cat. No.

With 6 slots 1 9.282 440

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 60: 8. Liquid Handling

888

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette stand for Multichannel microliter pipettesMultichannel Pipette Stand, 1 position.

1Thermo Scientific

Description PK Cat. No.

Multichannel Pipette Stand 1 9.282 441

1

Pipette stand for multichannel microliter pipettes Finnpipette™ NovusFor Thermo Scientific Finnpipette™ Novus pipettes.

2Thermo Scientific

Type PK Cat. No.

Novus 1 6.228 761

2

Single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Research® plusAvailable with fixed or adjustable volume.The ultra light Eppendorf Research plus pipettor meets the highest requirements inprecision and accuracy - combined with ultimate ergonomics and increased flexibility.A spring loaded tip cone, a secondary calibration option, an improved volume display - and all this within a fullyautoclavable pipette.Ergonomics:- ultra light- pipetting forces greatly reduced- the spring-loaded tip coneFlexibility:- calibrate your Research plus to your needs,- autoclave the entire pipettor, or only the lower housing- choose among single channel, multichannel and fixed volume pipettors in different sizes.Robustness:- durability has been tested thoroughly and meets the highest quality requirements- resistance to chemical, thermal and mechanical stress is now unchallenged

- volume adjustment: Only a few turns needed to reach your desired volume- control button: Requires minimal operating force, colour indicates volume, ergonomically positioned for comfort- ejector: requires minimal operating force, ergonomically positioned for comfort- volume display: 4 digits, magnifying window- calibration display & adjustment opening: Calibrate your pipettor to a specific liquid and volume.

Eppendorf

Single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Research® plus, fix

- Eppendorf PerfectPiston™: ultra-light piston made of Fortron® (except 2.5µl, 10µl, 5mland 10ml pipettors)

- quick connection clip: remove lower housing easily (except 5ml and 10ml pipettors)

3

Eppendorf

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1010202025501002002002505001000

------------

1.21.20.81.01.00.70.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.60.30.60.30.30.30.20.20.20.20.20.2

mid greyyellowlight greyyellowyellowyellowyellowyellowblueblueblueblue

111111111111

9.283 2109.283 2119.283 2129.283 2139.283 2149.283 2159.283 2169.283 2179.283 2189.283 2199.283 2209.283 221

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 61: 8. Liquid Handling

889

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Research® plus, variable

- Eppendorf PerfectPiston™: Ultra light piston made of Fortron® (except 2.5µl, 10µl, 5mland 10ml pipettors)

- quick connection clip: easily removable lower part (not in 5ml and 10ml pipettes)- spring loaded tip cone: Improved ergonomics, tight fit to the tip (except 5ml and 10ml pipettors)

1

Eppendorf

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Colour code PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0,1 - 2,50,5 - 102 - 202 - 2010 - 10020 - 20030 - 300100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0020.010.020.020.010.020.021.02.010.0

1.41.01.01.00.80.60.60.60.60.6

0.70.40.30.30.20.20.20.20.150.15

dark greymid greyyellowlight greyyellowyelloworangebluepurpleturquoise

1111111111

9.283 2009.283 2019.283 2029.283 2089.283 2039.283 2049.283 2099.283 2059.283 2069.283 207

1

Single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Research plus 3-Packs, variable

3 adjustable Eppendorf Research® plus pipettes per pack, choice of 3 packs. Special ”mL“large-volume pack with up to 10ml nominal volume, ideal for pipetting cell culture media.Ready-to-use: delivered with matching Eppendorf pipette tips for ultimate user comfort and precision!

Option 1: 0.5-10µl, 10-100µl, 100-1.000µl + 3 reusable epT.I.P.S.® boxes with 96 pipette tips each.Option 2: 2-20µl, 20-200µl, 100-1.000µl + 3 reusable epT.I.P.S.® boxes with 96 pipette tips each.Option 3: 100-1.000µl, 0.5-5ml, 1-10ml with samples of matching pipette tips.

2

Eppendorf

Type PK Cat. No.

Research plus 3-Packs, Option 1Research plus 3-Packs, Option 2Research plus 3-Packs, Option 3

111

9.283 2289.283 2299.283 230

2

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 62: 8. Liquid Handling

890

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single channel micoliter pipettes Eppendorf Reference® 2The Reference® 2 is the successor to the highly successful Reference pipette, and enhances the range’s already high standards with a new design,reduced weight and operating forces and multi-channel versions. As the premium product in Eppendorf’s pipette portfolio, the Reference® 2 providesthe most accurate results possible alongside robust, reliable handling and optimum user safety.New features: An embedded RFID chip contains all relevant data regarding the pipette and offers with Eppendorf TrackIT a simple identification anddocumentation. The range of the variable single channel pipettes have been extended by the volume sizes up to 5000µl and 10.000µl.- Color coded and volume labeled for quick identification of the volume size/ tip size- Round upper part makes it possible to work in every position- 4-digit display for exact volume setting (clearly visible from every angle)- Quick and secure volume setting, include volume lock- Fully autoclavable- Movable parts and external edges made from stainless steel equip the pipette with outstanding robustness at potential impact sites and for internal

components

Eppendorf

Single channel microliter pipettes Reference® 2, fix1Eppendorf

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour125101020202550100200200250500100020002500

-----------------

2.52.01.51.01.00.80.80.80.70.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.6

1.81.20.80.50.50.30.30.30.30.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.15

dark greydark greymid greymid greyyellowlight greyyellowyellowyellowyellowyellowblueblueblueblueredred

11111111111111111

9.284 9209.284 9219.284 9229.284 9239.284 9249.284 9259.284 9269.284 9279.284 9289.284 9299.284 9309.284 9319.284 9329.284 9339.284 9349.284 9359.284 936

1

Single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Reference® 2, variable2

Eppendorf

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour0.1 - 2.50.5 - 102 - 202 - 2010 - 10020 - 20030 - 300100 - 1000250 - 2500500 - 50001000 - 10000

0.0020.010.020.020.10.20.21.02.05.010.0

1.41.01.01.00.80.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.70.40.30.30.20.20.20.20.20.150.15

dark greymid greylight greyyellowyellowyelloworangeblueredpurpleturquoise

11111111111

9.284 9009.284 9019.284 9029.284 9039.284 9049.284 9059.284 9069.284 9079.284 9089.284 9099.284 910

2

Single channel microliter pipettes epReference® 2, 3-PackEconomic package containing three variable single channel pipettes and suitable tips foreach pipette.

Option 1: 0.5-10µl, 10-100µl, 100-1000µl+ 3 reusable epT.I.P.S.® boxes with 96 pipette tips each.Option 2: 2-20µl, 20-200µl, 100-1000µl + 3 reusable epT.I.P.S.® boxes with 96 pipette tips each.Option 3: 100-1000µl, 0.5-5ml, 1-10ml with musters of the fitting pipette tips.

3Eppendorf

Type PK Cat. No.

Option 1: 0.5-10μl, 10-100μl, 100-1000μlOption 2: 2-20μl, 20-200μl, 100-1000μlOption 3: 100-1000μl, 0.5-5ml, 1-10ml

111

9.284 8979.284 8989.284 899

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 63: 8. Liquid Handling

891

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Electronic single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer®, variable

The new electronic pipette Eppendorf Xplorer® sets new standards in terms of simplicity,precision and reproducibility.- Multifunctional rocker: "Up is up and down is down”™ principle- Easy selection of all functions with the practical selection dial- Operate in the language of your choice- Clearly arranged colour display- No sub-menus- Help function- Innovative rocker: When the tip is ejected, the piston automatically returns to zero position- Tips always rest in the same position- Volume & speed precisely and reproducibly adjustable- Adjustable to your work environment and requirements- Incl. 230V/50Hz charging adapter. The pipette can be charged directly with the charging adapter. Additionally the

charging adapter can also be used with the optional charging stand (Cat. No. 9.283 254) which holds the pipettesafely whilst charging.

1 2

Eppendorf

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour0.5 - 105 - 10015 - 30050 - 1000250 - 5000500 - 10000

0.010.10.21.05.010.0

1.00.80.60.60.60.6

0.40.20.20.20.150.15

medium greyyelloworangebluepurpleturquoise

111111

9.283 2409.283 2419.283 2429.283 2439.283 2449.283 245

1

2

Electronic single channel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer® plus,variable

The electronic pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer plus were specially designed for highprofessional standards to provide optimal support for you in your work, with a newintuitive operating concept and design based on the proven Eppendorf PhysioCare® Concept.

- Autodispense- Manual pipetting, multi-aspirate,dilution, sequential pipetting, sequential dispensing, reverse pipetting- Programming of multiple modes in a sequence- Setting of fixed volumes- Password protection- History function- Service interval warning

3

Eppendorf

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour0.5 - 105 - 10015 - 30050 - 1000250 - 5000500 - 10000

0.010.10.21.05.010.0

1.00.80.60.60.60.6

0.40.20.20.20.150.15

medium greyyelloworangebluepurpleturquoise

111111

9.283 1819.283 1829.283 1839.283 1849.283 1859.283 186

3

Charging stand for Single and multichannel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer®

Charging stand for holding one single channel or multichannel pipette Eppendorf Xplorer®

using the charger adapter (230V/50Hz) which is supplied with each pipette.

4

Eppendorf

Type PK Cat. No.

Charging stand 1 9.283 254

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 64: 8. Liquid Handling

892

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Multichannel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Research® plus, variable

The ultra light Eppendorf Research plus pipettor meets the highest requirements inprecision and accuracy - combined with ultimate ergonomics and increased flexibility.A spring loaded tip cone, a secondary calibration option, an improved volume display - and all this within a fullyautoclavable pipette.- volume adjustment: Only a few turns needed to reach your desired volume- control button: Requires minimal operating force, colour indicates volume, ergonomically positioned for comfort- ejector: requires minimal operating force, ergonomically positioned for comfort- volume display: 4 digits, magnifying window- calibration display & adjustment opening: Calibrate your pipettor to a specific liquid and volume.- channel indicator: - use the pipette the same way round - all the time- remove individual channels: gain flexibility for individual needs- Eppendorf PerfectPiston™: ultra-light piston made of Fortron® (except 10µl pipettors)- quick connection clip:Easily removable lower housing- spring loaded tip cone: improved ergonomics, tight fit to the tip

1

Eppendorf

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour888121212

0.5 - 1010 - 10030 - 3000.5 - 1010 - 10030 - 300

0.010.10.20.010.10.2

1.00.80.61.00.80.6

0.40.20.20.40.20.2

mid greyyelloworangemid greyyelloworange

111111

9.283 2229.283 2249.283 2269.283 2239.283 2259.283 227

1

Multichannel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Reference® 2, variable

The Reference® 2 is the successor to the highly successful Reference pipette, andenhances the range’s already high standards with a new design, reduced weight andoperating forces and multi-channel versions. As the premium product in Eppendorf’s pipette portfolio, the Reference® 2 provides the most accurate results possible alongside robust, reliable handling and optimum usersafety.New features: An embedded RFID chip contains all relevant data regarding the pipette and offers with EppendorfTrackIT simple identification and documentation. The new Reference 2 multi channel offers a channel indicator and aspring-loaded tip cone for optimum tip fit and reduced effort. The range of the variable single channel pipettes havebeen extended by the volume sizes up to 5000µl and 10.000µl.

- Color coded and volume labeled for quick identification of the volume size/ tip size- Round upper part makes it possible to work in every position- 4-digit display for exact volume setting (clearly visible from every angle)- Quick and secure volume setting, include volume lock- Fully autoclavable- Movable parts and external edges made from stainless steel equip the pipette with outstanding robustness at

potential impact sites and for internal components

- Channel indicator guarantees a continuously identical pipette alignment during the work process- Spring-loaded tip cone for reproducible tip fit and reduced effort (to be switched on/off optionally)- High flexibility and simple maintenance with the ability to remove single cones

2

Eppendorf

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour888121212

0.5 - 1010 - 10030 - 3000.5 - 1010 - 10030 - 300

0.010.10.20.010.10.2

2.00.80.62.00.80.6

1.00.30.31.00.30.3

medium greyyelloworangemedium greyyelloworange

111111

9.284 9409.284 9429.284 9449.284 9419.284 9439.284 945

2

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 65: 8. Liquid Handling

893

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Electronic multichannel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer®, variable

The new electronic pipette Eppendorf Xplorer® sets new standards in terms of simplicity,precision and reproducibility.- Multifunctional rocker: "Up is up and down is down”™ principle- Easy selection of all functions with the practical selection dial- Operate in the language of your choice- Clearly arranged colour display- No sub-menus- Help function- Innovative rocker: When the tip is ejected, the piston automatically returns to zero position- Tips always rest in the same position- Volume & speed precisely and reproducibly adjustable- Adjustable to your work environment and requirements- Incl. 230V/50Hz charging adapter. The pipette can be charged directly with the charging adapter. Additionally the

charging adapter can also be used with the optional charging stand (Cat. No. 9.283 254) which holds the pipettesafely whilst charging.

1

Eppendorf

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour888812121212

0.5 - 105 - 10015 - 30050 - 12000,5 - 105 - 10015 - 30050 - 1200

0.010.10.21.00.010.10.21.0

2.00.80.61.22.00.80.61.2

0.80.250.250.30.80.250.250.3

medium greyyelloworangegreenmedium greyyelloworangegreen

11111111

9.283 2469.283 2489.283 2509.283 2529.283 2479.283 2499.283 2519.283 257

1

Electronic multichannel microliter pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer® plus, variable

The electronic pipettes Eppendorf Xplorer plus were specially designed for highprofessional standards to provide optimal support for you in your work, with a newintuitive operating concept and design based on the proven Eppendorf PhysioCare® Concept.

- Autodispense- Manual pipetting, multi-aspirate,dilution, sequential pipetting, sequential dispensing, reverse pipetting- Programming of multiple modes in a sequence- Setting of fixed volumes- Password protection- History function- Service interval warning

2

Eppendorf

Channels Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Controlbutton

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) colour888812121212

0.5 - 105 - 10015 - 30050 - 12000.5 - 105 - 10015 - 30050 - 1200

0.010.10.21.00.010.10.21.0

2.00.80.61.22.00.80.61.2

0.80.250.250.30.80.250.250.3

medium greyyelloworangegreenmedium greyyelloworangegreen

11111111

9.283 1879.283 1899.283 1919.283 1939.283 1889.283 1909.283 1929.283 194

2

Pipette stands for single and multi-channel microliter pipettes- Space saving pipettor rack to hold up to six pipettes- Carousel pipette stand- Can accommodate a wide range of pipettes using accessory pipette adapters

3Eppendorf

Type PK Cat. No.

Carousel stand for 6 pipettors (except for Reference® 2)Carousel stand for 6 pipettors (only for Reference® 2)Pipette holder for attachment to the wallMultipette adapter for pipette carouselMultipette adapter for wall mounting

11111

9.283 5819.284 9479.283 5809.283 6569.283 657

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 66: 8. Liquid Handling

894

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Microlitre pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette Leak Testing Unit (PLT unit)Improved process reliability with functional validation of air-displacement pipettes.The most frequent cause of inaccuracy in piston-operated pipettes is leakage. This arises from damage either to the seals, pistons or tip cones. Often not detectable by the naked eye, leaks lead to significant volume errors.The BRAND pipette leak tester (PLT unit) for air displacement pipettes finds even the smallest leaks within seconds.

- Limit values for the commercially available single- and multichannel pipettes in the volume range 1µl to 10ml are pre-programmed.- Testing with and without tips- Test results in seconds- Patent pending

According to monitoring of measuring instruments, air-displacement pipettes must be checked at regular intervals and the results must be compared with theISO 8655-2 error limits. However, a calibration certificate only reflects the results at the time of testing. The time between these calibrations is crucial, sinceleaks can occur at any time. Well over 80% of pipettes sent in for repair have leaks and are outside their volume tolerances, even if they don’t drip.

While the PLT unit cannot replace regular gravimetric testing, daily pipette checks can provide a safeguard during the periods between calibrations. Even the smallest leaks are detected. Process reliability for the pipettes is thus significantly improved.

Items supplied:PLT unit (Pipette Leak Testing Unit) including one adapter each for testing air-displacement pipettes with tip (mounted) and without tip, 2 plugs, 3 replacement PE filters for the pipette adapters, universal AC adapter, quality certificate and operating manual.

1BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Pipette Leak Testing Unit 1 4.007 886

1

Accessories for Pipette Leak Testing Unit (PLT unit)

23456

BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

1-channel pipette adapter, for testing with tip, incl. 1 blind plug1-channel pipette adapter, for testing without tip, incl. 1 blind plug4-channel pipette adapter, for testing with and without tip, incl. 1 blind plugFilters, PE, for pipette adapterUniversal AC adapter, Input: AC 100V - 240V, 50/60Hz, Output: DC 6.5V, 800mA

111

101

9.280 5759.280 5769.280 5779.280 5789.280 579

2

9.280 575

3

9.280 576

4

9.280 577

5

9.280 578

6

9.280 579

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 67: 8. Liquid Handling

895

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Positive displacement pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Positive displacement pipettes, TransferpettorFor easy, clean pipetting of problematic media.Transferpettor operates by positive displacement, which makes it ideal for pipetting:- Highly viscous media such as oils, resins and fats up to a viscosity of 140.000mm²/sec. (dependent on instrument size)

- Media with high vapour pressure up to 500mbar (Alcohols, ethers, hydrocarbons etc.)- Media with a high density up to 13.6g/cm³ (e.g. mercury and sulphuric acid)- Media that tend to foam (surfactant solutions).- Working temperature range: 15°C to 40°CCapillary tubes and tips can be used over and over again, since residual wetting is negligible and generally has noinfluence on the overall result. This leads to lower material costs and reduced waste.But: In cases, where no contamination is permitted, e.g. with infectious or radioactive media, the Brand Transferpette®

is recommended, an air displacement pipettor for comfortable working with disposable tips.Items supplied: Transferpettor, DE-M marking, with quality certificate.

1BRAND

1

Single channel pipettes Transferpettor Fixed-volumeWith pipette caps and seals. BRAND

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Sealmaterial

Cap material

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)150100200

----

4.00.60.60.5

4.00.40.40.2

-PTFEPTFEPTFE

glassglassglassglass

1111

9.280 6969.280 7059.280 7109.280 720

Single channel pipettes Transferpettor Digital-adjustableBRAND

Capacity Increments LengthHandle

Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Cap material

PK Cat. No.

µl µl mm (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)2.5 - 105 - 2510 - 5020 - 100100 - 500200 - 10001000 - 50002000 - 10000

0.010.10.10.11.01.010.010.0

orange2 x whitegreenbluegreenyellowredorange

1.00.80.60.60.50.50.50.5

0.80.50.40.40.20.20.20.2

glass*glass*glass*glass*PP**PP**PP**PP**

11111111

9.280 6029.280 6059.280 6109.280 6209.280 7249.280 7269.280 7309.280 732

* PTFE-Seals**PE-Seals

Caps for single channel pipettes Transferpettor2 3BRAND

Capacity Material PK Cat. No.µl1, 2, 510202550100 / 200100 to 500200 to 10001000 to 50002000 to 10000

glassglassglassglassglassglassPPPPPPPP

1001001001001005010101010

9.280 8009.280 8019.280 8029.280 8039.280 8059.280 8109.280 7419.280 7429.280 7439.280 745

2 3

Seals for pipettes Transferpettor4BRAND

Capacity Material PK Cat. No.µl20 / 2550100 / 200100 to 500200 to 10001000 to 50002000 to 10000

PTFEPTFEPTFEPEPEPEPE

333

10101010

9.280 9019.280 9039.280 9059.280 7519.280 7529.280 7539.280 755

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 68: 8. Liquid Handling

896

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Positive displacement pipettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Stands for single channel pipettes TransferpettorTransferpettor stations. For storage of4 instruments up to 200 µl with accessories or2 instruments from 0.5 to 10 ml with accessories.

1BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

For 2 pipettes with accessoriesFor 4 pipettes with accessories

11

9.280 5819.280 850

1

Positive displacement micropipettes Acura® capillary 846High performance positive displacement micropipettes with interchangeable glasscapillary tube and ETFE tipped plunger.The soft shaped handle and smooth plunger activation provides for enhanced hand comfort while handling viscousliquids, foaming solutions or volatile solvents.

Five models cover a range from 1 to 200 µL.- Slim body shape, comfortable finger rest- Smooth plunger activation- Reliable, step-wise volume adjustment- Colour codes matching on pipettes, plungers and capillaries- Stainless steel, ETFE tipped plunger- Three-year warranty

2Socorex

Capacity Increments Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Cap material

PK Cat. No.

µl µl (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1 - 55 - 2510 - 5060 - 100100 - 200

15101025

2.00.80.70.70.7

1.20.60.40.30.3

ETFEETFEETFEETFEETFE

11111

6.263 9116.263 9126.263 9136.263 9146.263 915

2

Accessories for Positive displacement micropipettes Acura® capillary 8463

Socorex

Description PK Cat. No.

Spare glass capillary, whiteSpare glass capillary, 2 x whiteSpare glass capillary, greenSpare glass capillary, blueSpare glass capillary, redSpare plunger, steelSpare plunger, whiteSpare plunger, greenSpare plunger, blueSpare plunger, red

200200200200100

55555

6.308 8326.225 6986.307 2336.803 1266.210 1506.308 8316.304 8826.210 1356.803 1276.320 887

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 69: 8. Liquid Handling

897

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Pipette tips economy, non-sterileCertified free of DNase, RNase, suitable for microbiology. Guaranteed metal-free.

LLG universal fit tips are engineered for a wide variety of pipettes and are ideal for laboratories with multiple brands ofpipettes, even multi-channel pipettes. Our universal tips feature the universal grip design, using flexible materials witha series of bands and supports producing a positive seal. LLG tips have thin walls and a small surface area at the tip,greatly minimising the possibility of the tip retaining sample droplets. In addition the small surface area reduces thetouch-off angle between the outer tip wall and the receiving sample tube. This reduced touch-off angle virtuallyeliminates the potential of capillary retention between the tip orifice and tube wall. Each of our tips is moulded to give aflash-free and uniform delivery orifice for consistent accuracy and reproducible sample delivery. All our tips are providedwith calibration lines at specific volumes, acting as visual checks to minimise any risk of errors during sampleaspiration.

1

Capacity Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 100.1 - 101 - 2001 - 2001 - 200100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 5,000*100 - 5,000**1,000 - 10,000

clearclearyellowclearyellowblueblueclearclearclear

1 bag of 100010 racks of 961 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 962 bags of 50010 racks of 961 bag of 2501 bag of 2501 bag of 100

1000960

1000960960

1000960250250100

9.409 0999.409 0459.409 0466.253 5779.409 0479.409 0489.409 0499.409 0976.254 3649.409 098

*for manual pipettors**for electronic pipettors

1

LLG-Low-Retention Pipette tips pipettes premium, non-sterileCertified free of DNase, RNase, suitable for microbiology. Guaranteed metal-free.

Sample retention can be a major contributor to pipetting inaccuracy, and siliconization of tips has proved unsatisfactorybecause of autoclaving and contamination problems. For LLG pipette tips "Premium" a new polymer, Novelle-Polypropylene has been developed, that produces a ”super slick surface“ on our new LLG pipette tips "Premium", thatactually improves with autoclaving and cannot leach from the tip surface. On average, Novelle Polymer and LLG pipettetips "Premium" reduces the tip retention by near 85% and decreases the standard deviation of the retained volume bymore than 75%. Liquid handling accuracy and precision are crucial to success in today’s molecular biology laboratories,especially for DNA analysis and protein handling. A significant culprit of pipette inaccuracy is binding of sample. The LLGpipette tips "Premium" reduces the binding, thus increasing sample delivery accuracy. Tests demonstrate that LLGpipette tips "Premium" significantly reduces the amount of DNA and protein bound by the tip. Furthermore LLG pipettetips "Premium" offer a marked improvement over the best low retention technologies.

2

Capacity Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 100.1 - 101 - 2001 - 200100 - 1000100 - 1000

ClearClearClearClearClearClear

1 bag of 100010 racks of 961 bag of 100010 racks of 962 bags of 50010 racks of 96

1000960

1000960

1000960

9.409 0389.409 0399.409 0419.409 0429.409 0439.409 044

2

LLG-Low retention filter tips premium, sterileCertified free of DNase, RNase, suitable for microbiology. Guaranteed metal-free. Sterility acc. to EN 552/ISO 11137 and DIN EN 556.

Filter pore size (effective) 4 to 6µm.Also liquid handling accuracy and precision are crucial to success in today’s molecular biology laboratories, especially forDNA analysis and protein handling. A significant culprit of pipette inaccuracy is binding of sample. The LLG-Filter tipsreduce the binding, thus increasing sample delivery accuracy. Tests demonstrate that LLG-Filter tips "Premium"significantly reduce the amount of DNA and protein bound by the tip. Furthermore LLG-Filter tips "Premium" offer amarked improvement over the best low retention technologies.

3

Capacity Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 101 - 201 - 1001 - 200100 - 1000

ClearClearClearClearClear

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 96

960960960960960

9.409 0339.409 0349.409 0359.409 0369.409 037

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 70: 8. Liquid Handling

898

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips, non-sterilePrecise design and manufacture ensures highest quality tips.- Moulded with high quality polypropylene- Firm fit on pipettor cones- Optimum handling due to straight shape- Special ionization process guarantees dust free tip production- Excellent transparency due to optimum surface quality- Minimum fluid retention due to controlled raw material quality- Excellent volumetric accuracy due to precisely moulded tip orifices- Most practical tip volumes- Non-sterile- Autoclavable

Type A fits pipettors ratiopetta®, Biohit® Proline, Biohit® m-Line, Brand® Transferpette®, Eppendorf® Research®,Eppendorf® Reference®, Finnpipette® Digital, Finnpipette® Focus, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Socorex® Acura andSocorex® CalibraType B fits pipettors ratiopetta®, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Socorex® Acura und Socorex® CalibraType C fits pipettors ratiopetta®, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra

1

2

Ratiolab

Capacity Colour Fits Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 100.5 - 201 - 2001 - 250200 - 10001000 - 5000

CrystalCrystalYellowYellowBlueTransparent

Type CType AType AType BType AType A

1 bag of 10001 bag of 10001 bag of 10001 bag of 10001 bag of 10001 folding box of 75

10001000100010001000

75

9.409 1309.409 1299.409 1389.409 1289.409 1399.409 140

1

2

Filter tips, PE-HDPipette tips with special filters, to effectively prevent the inner pipettor shaft fromcontamination with aerosols and liquids to be drawn into the pipettor.- sterile- certified RNase- and DNase-free- pipette tips and aerosol filters made of ultra-hydrophobic PE-HD- minimized retention due to special surface treatment- perfect and close fit on all major pipettor brands- aeroject® 10µl xl has extended length for operation with narrow vessels and reduced risk of cross-contamination- packed in plastic racks with hinge lids- 10 to 200 μl tips packed acc. to 8 x 12 micro test plate footprint- 100 - 1000 μl in 6 x 10 format

Fits pipettors: ratiopetta®, Biohit® Proline, Biohit® m-Line, Brand® Transferpette®, CappAero, Eppendorf® Research®,Eppendorf® Reference®, Finnpipette® Digital, Finnpipette® Focus, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate® andSocorex® Calibra, Labpipetten

3

Ratiolab

Capacity Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 101 - 201 -1001 - 200100 - 1000

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 60

960960960960600

6.262 3436.262 8676.262 8686.262 8696.262 275

3

9.409 140

6.262 867

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 71: 8. Liquid Handling

899

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips and filter tipsPipette tips and filter tips are manufactured by BRAND in a cleanroom under the mostmodern production conditions, and are automatically rack packed and packaged toensure that the tips are of consistently high quality.Quality features:- High-purity polypropylene, free from DiHEMDA and oleamide- Manufactured without lubricants- Cadmium-free pigments- Graduation for a quick volume check- All tips and filter tips up to 1000 µl are free of DNA (<40 fg), RNase (<8.6 fg), endotoxins (<1 pg) and ATP (<1 fg)- All sterile products in BIO-CERT® Quality: sterile acc. ISO 11 137 and AAMI guidelines, a SAL of 10-6 is obtained.- Autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285- Environmentally friendly packaging systems- CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC- Pipette and filter tips from BRAND are tested for BRAND pipettes and most of the pipette types of Gilson®, Thermo

Fisher Scientific Finnpipette®, Eppendorf® and Biohit.The 5 ml tip is exclusively tested for BRAND pipettes and Thermo Fisher Scientific Finnpipette®. The 10 ml tip is suitablefor BRAND, Eppendorf® and Gilson®.All sizes up to 1000 µl available in 96-unit format.Ultra Low Retention-tipsThe surfaces of the Ultra Low Retention tips are produced through a special, patented physicochemical process. Thehomogeneous, defect-free surface thus produced has extremely low surface tension - over 50% less than PTFE. Thissignificantly reduces sample loss and provides substantially higher reproducibility when working with critical media.- Ideal for biological samples that contain detergents such as Triton® X-100, SDS, Tween etc.- No additives that can be leached out! No siliconization of the surface!- High chemical resistance. Ideal for working with solvents.- The tips can be autoclaved at 121°C (2 bar) without damaging the material properties.Filter TipsNon-self-sealing filter tips from BRAND have a PE filter that is free from chemical additives. Permeability is controlled bythe combination of pore size and filter length, so that no aerosols can reach the pipette shaft. These filters function withconsistent reliability. On the other hand, liquids can pass very slowly should they accidentally contact the filter.Since the filter does not swell as in the case of self-sealing filter tips, the sample can be recovered from the filter bysimply actuating the pipettes blow-out function, or by centrifugation if necessary. This is clearly an important advantageof non-self-sealing filters, especially when working with valuable samples. As an added advantage, the absence of filteradditives protects samples from this source of contamination.Bulk packed in reclosable bags.All tips and filter tips are produced under supervised state-of-the-art clean-room conditions and automatically shrink-wrapped in reclosable bags and packaged in cardboard boxes. The batch number is printed on every bag.TipBox, sterile and non sterile, BIO-CERT®

PP. Two different sizes. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.- All sizes up to 1000 µl available in 96-unit format- Dual function: hinged and push-on lid, simply rotate 180° to change closure method.- Opening and closing with one hand. The clamping mechanism holds the tip-tray securely in the box.- Transparent window for better all-round visual inspection.- No deflection during tip loading. The tip-tray is fabricated from especially rigid PP.- Usable with a partially loaded multichannel pipette. The rimless tip-tray border enables problem-free loading of

individual pipette tips with multichannel instruments.- Colored tip-trays with side panel labeling. The contents of the box are always clearly visible.TipStack™, non sterile and sterile, BIO-CERT®

A tip tower containing 5 filled tip-trays and a TipBox constitute the new, space-saving refill system for 20 µl, 200 µl and1000 µl tips. Tightly sealing spacers prevent the tips from getting stuck together, and ensure them to be free from DNA,RNases, endotoxins and ATP. The sterile TipStacks (BIO-CERT® quality) are supplied with a transfer aid forcontamination-free use in a previously sterilized TipBox.- All components are recyclable- Reduced amount of waste- Sterilizable and reusable TipBox- High purity of the pipette tips and filter tips- Space-saving designTipRack, sterile and non sterile, BIO-CERT®

Refill unit for TipBox. Compared to the filled TipBoxes, the amount of waste with the new refill units is reduced by over20%. All pipette tips and filter tips up to 1000 µl are free of DNA, RNases, endotoxins and ATP.TipRacks in BIO-CERT® quality are supplied with a transfer aid that enables simple, contamination-free transfer into apreviously sterilized TipBox. All tip-trays are printed on one side with information on the contents.TipBox 5/10 ml, non sterileThe 5 ml and 10 ml tips are only available as a racked tip version in these specially corresponding TipBox.

1 2 3BRAND

1

2

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 72: 8. Liquid Handling

900

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips, bulk, in reclosable bags, non-sterile

All tips and filter tips are produced under supervised state-of-the-art clean-roomconditions and automatically shrink-wrapped in reclosable bags and packaged incardboard boxes. The batch number is printed on every bag.

1

BRAND

Capacity Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0,1 - 200,5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 100000,1 - 200,5 - 201- 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

naturalnaturalnaturalyellownaturalbluenaturalnaturalnaturalnaturalnaturalyellownaturalbluenaturalnatural

2 bags of 10002 bags of 10002 bags of 10001 bag of 10001 bag of 10002 bags of 5001 bag 2002 bags of 10010 bags of 1000 (XXL)10 bags of 1000 (XXL)10 bags of 1000 (XXL)10 bags of 1000 (XXL)10 bags of 1000 (XXL)10 bags of 500 (XXL)5 bags of 200 (XXL)10 bags of 100 (XXL)

200020002000100010001000200200

1000010000100001000010000500010001000

9.409 6699.409 6709.409 6719.409 6729.409 6739.409 6749.409 2239.409 1919.409 6759.409 6769.409 6779.409 6789.409 6799.409 6809.409 1999.409 192

1

Filter pipette tips, in reclosable bags, non-sterile

All tips and filter tips are produced under supervised state-of-the-art clean-roomconditions and automatically shrink-wrapped in reclosable bags and packaged incardboard boxes. The batch number is printed on every bag.

2

BRAND

Capacity Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 1000

1 bag of 9601 bag of 9601 bag of 9601 bag of 9601 bag of 9601 bag of 9601 bag of 960

960960960960960960960

9.409 6819.409 6829.409 6839.409 6849.409 6859.409 6869.409 687

2

Pipette tips, racked in TipRack, non-sterileFor TipBox. Refill unit, protected in an environmentally compatible packaging ofrecyclable PET.

3BRAND

Capacity Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 200.5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 1000

10 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 96

960960960960960960

9.409 7579.409 7589.409 7599.409 7609.409 7619.409 762

3

Filter tips racked in TipRack, non-sterileFor TipBox. Refill unit, protected in an environmentally compatible packaging ofrecyclable PET.

4BRAND

Capacity Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 1000

10 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 9610 TipRacks of 96

960960960960960960960

9.409 7699.409 7709.409 7719.409 7729.409 7739.409 7749.409 775

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 73: 8. Liquid Handling

901

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips racked in TipRack, sterile, BIO-CERT®

For TipBox. Refill unit, protected in an environmentally compatible packaging ofrecyclable PET. Sterile TipRacks are supplied with a transfer aid so that the rack can beput into a previously autoclaved box without hand contact.

1

BRAND

Capacity Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 200.5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 1000

10 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 96

960960960960960960

9.409 7639.409 7649.409 7659.409 7669.409 7679.409 768

1

Filter tips racked in TipRack, sterile, BIO-CERT®

For TipBox. Refill unit, protected in an environmentally compatible packaging ofrecyclable PET. Sterile TipRacks are supplied with a transfer aid so that the rack can beput into a previously autoclaved box without hand contact.

2

BRAND

Capacity Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 1000

10 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 9610 TipRacks à 96

960960960960960960960

9.409 7769.409 7779.409 7789.409 7799.409 7809.409 7819.409 782

2

Filter tips, racked in TipBox, PP, non-sterilePP. With hinged lid/push-on lid. Simply rotate 180° to change closure method. Usable with a partially loaded multichannel pipette. Two different sizes. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.

3 4BRAND

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 10000.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 1000

StandardStandardStandardStandardStandardStandardStandardLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow Retention

5 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 965 boxes of 96

480480480480480480480480480480480480480480

9.409 7009.409 7019.409 7029.409 7039.409 7049.409 7059.409 7069.409 7079.409 7089.409 7099.409 7129.409 7139.409 7149.409 715

3

4

Pipette tips, racked in TipBox, PP, non-sterilePP. With hinged lid/push-on lid. Simply rotate 180° to change closure method. Usable with a partially loaded multichannel pipette. Two different sizes. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.

5BRAND

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 200.5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 10000.1 - 200.5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 1000

StandardStandardStandardStandardStandardStandardLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow Retention

5 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 965 Boxes of 96

480480480480480480480480480480480480

9.409 6889.409 6899.409 6909.409 6919.409 6929.409 6939.409 6949.409 6959.409 6969.409 6979.409 6989.409 699

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 74: 8. Liquid Handling

902

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips, racked in Tip-Box, sterile, Bio-Cert®

PP. With hinged lid/push-on lid. Simply rotate 180° to change closure method. Usable with a partially loaded multichannel pipette. Two different sizes. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.

1BRAND

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 200.5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 10000.1 - 200.5 - 201 - 502 - 2005 - 30050 - 1000

StandardStandardStandardStandardStandardStandardLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow Retention

10 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 96

960960960960960960960960960960960960

9.409 7169.409 7179.409 7189.409 7199.409 7219.409 7229.409 7309.409 7339.409 7349.409 7359.409 7369.409 737

1

Filter tips, racked in TipBox, sterile, Bio-Cert®

PP. With hinged lid/push-on lid. Simply rotate 180° to change closure method. Usable with a partially loaded multichannel pipette. Two different sizes. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.

2BRAND

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 10000.1 - 10.5 - 101.0 - 202 - 205 - 1005 - 20050 - 1000

StandardStandardStandardStandardStandardStandardStandardLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow RetentionLow Retention

10 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 9610 boxes of 96

960960960960960960960960960960960960960960

9.409 7239.409 7249.409 7259.409 7269.409 7279.409 7289.409 7299.409 7389.409 7399.409 7409.409 7419.409 7429.409 7439.409 744

2

Pipette tips refill TipStack™, non-sterileSpace-saving, environmentally compatible refill system for TipBox. 5 racks, each having 96 tips incl. 1 TipBox. Each packaging unit contains 2 TipStacks.

3BRAND

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.5 - 202 - 20050 - 10000.5 - 202 - 20050 - 1000

StandardStandardStandardLow RetentionLow RetentionLow Retention

2 x 5 TipRacks à 962 x 5 TipRacks à 962 x 5 TipRacks à 962 x 5 TipRacks à 962 x 5 TipRacks à 962 x 5 TipRacks à 96

960960960960960960

9.409 7459.409 7469.409 7479.409 7519.409 7529.409 753

3

Pipette tips refill TipStack™, sterile, BIO-CERT®

Space-saving, environmentally compatible refill system for TipBox. 5 racks, each having 96 tips incl. 1 TipBox. Sterile TipStacks are supplied with a transfer aidso that the rack can be put into a previously autoclaved box without hand contact. Each packaging unit contains 2 TipStacks.

4

BRAND

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.5 - 202 - 20050 - 10000.5 - 202 - 20050 - 1000

StandardStandardStandardLow RetentionLow RetentionLow Retention

2 x 5 racks of 962 x 5 racks of 962 x 5 racks of 962 x 5 racks of 962 x 5 racks of 962 x 5 racks of 96

960960960960960960

9.409 7489.409 7499.409 7509.409 7549.409 7559.409 756

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 75: 8. Liquid Handling

903

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

TipBox 5/10 ml, non-sterileThe 5 ml and 10 ml tips are only available as a racked tip version in these speciallycorresponding TipBox.

1BRAND

Volume Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

ml0.5 - 51 - 10

StandardStandard

1 TipBox of 281 TipBox of 18

2818

9.408 9059.408 909

1

TipBox, PP, with Tip-Tray, emptyPP. With hinged lid/push-on lid. Two different sizes. Stackable and repeatedlyautoclavable at 121°C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285. This box can be refilled with TipRack(non-sterile) and TipStack (sterile).

2BRAND

Capacity Description PK Cat. No.µlup to 50up to 200up to 300up to 1000

TipBox, emptyTipBox, emptyTipBox, emptyTipBox, empty

1111

9.409 7839.409 7849.409 7859.409 786

2

Pipette tips Qualitips®

The Socorex Qualitips® are exclusively made from high grade, virgin, metal-freepolypropylene. Precision injection moulding care for air-tight fit. Stringent qualityprocedures ensure lot by lot consistency. Wide selection, superior quality. Compatibility with various pipette brands.

- High density filter prevents aerosol contamination- DNAse and RNAse-free filter tips- Pyrogen-free sterile filter tips

3

45

Socorex

Capacity Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

ml25510

naturalnaturalnaturalnatural

2 bags of 2502 bags of 2502 racks of 503 bags of 100

500500100300

9.411 5019.411 4496.224 8939.411 502

3

4

5

9.411 449

9.411 502

9.411 501

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 76: 8. Liquid Handling

904

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipete tips OptifitOptifit tips are designed for best possible fitting and sealing to secure the highest possibleaccuracy and precision. These pipette tips enable ergonomic and light tip attachment bybeing compatible with the Optiload feature in Sartorius Picus® NxT, Picus®, eLINE®, mLINE® and Proline® Plus pipettes. While Optifit Tip trays are colour coded for easy matching with a corresponding, colour coded Sartorius pipette, they do also match with most other pipettes due to their universal design. Optifit tips are manufactured in an ISO 8 certified cleanroom environment and are available in various packaging types.

1Sartorius Weighing

1

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl100 - 5000100 - 5000100 - 5000100 - 50000.5 - 100.5 - 20050 - 120050 - 120050 - 120050 - 120050 - 120010 - 100010 - 100010 - 100010 - 100010 - 100010 - 100010 - 100050 - 12005 - 3505 - 3505 - 3505 - 3500.1 - 100.1 - 100.1 - 100.1 - 100.1 - 100.5 - 2000.5 - 200

150mm, Tip ID: J, non-sterile150mm, Tip ID: J, pre-sterilised150mm, Tip ID: J, non-sterile150mm, Tip ID: J, non-sterile242mm, Tip ID: K, non-sterile Extra long Tip for MidiPlus51mm, Tip ID: C, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: H, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: H, pre-sterilised71.5mm, Tip ID: H, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: H, pre-sterilised71.5mm, Tip ID: H, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: E, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: E, pre-sterilised71.5mm, Tip ID: E, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: E, pre-sterilised71.5mm, Tip ID: E, non-sterile71.5mm, Tip ID: E, non-sterile68.5mm, Tip ID: G, pre-sterilised90mm, Tip ID: Z, non-sterile54mm, Tip ID: D, non-sterile54mm, Tip ID: D, pre-sterilised54mm, Tip ID: D, non-sterile54mm, Tip ID: D, non-sterile31.5mm, Tip ID: A, non-sterile31.5mm, Tip ID: A, pre-sterilised31.5mm, Tip ID: A, non-sterile31.5mm, Tip ID: A, pre-sterilised31.5mm, Tip ID: A, non-sterile51mm, Tip ID: C, pre-sterilised51mm, Tip ID: C, non-sterile

1 rack of 501 rack of 501 box of 1001 box of 10001 box of 10010 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 96Refill Pack, 10 racks of 96Refill Pack, 10 racks of 961 box of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 96Refill Pack, 10 racks of 961 box of 10001 box of 40010 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 96Refill Tower, 10 racks of 961 box of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 96Refill Tower, 10 racks of 96Refill Pack, 20 racks of 961 box of 100010 racks of 96Refill Tower, 10 racks of 96

5050

1001000100960960960960960

1000960960960960

1000400960960960960960

1000960960960

19201000960960

6.206 2476.238 0667.607 3786.203 8516.205 1446.902 4616.204 6516.251 7056.224 3477.658 8037.607 9336.226 8096.234 5686.226 8336.259 7677.612 5286.206 5206.233 8696.206 5216.225 2176.234 5676.239 4006.224 9196.241 7956.238 3207.970 5167.970 5416.225 4816.238 3196.235 565

Pipette tips Finntip 10This tip is specially designed for pipetting micro-sized drops. It is ideal for use with micro volume Finnpipettes.

2Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.2 - 100.2 - 100.2 - 100.2 - 100.2 - 10

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 964 racks of 192 + 10 refill packs of 19220 refill packs of 196

1000960960

26883840

6.080 9086.084 6816.224 2316.228 7186.228 719

2

Pipette tips Finntip 20The Finntip 20 is suitable for applications requiring high precision and volumes of 0.2-20μl. The tips are provided in convenient racks of 384 tips.

3Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.2 - 200.2 - 200.2 - 20

non sterilenon sterilesterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 38410 racks of 384

100038403840

6.224 4126.228 7209.282 500

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 77: 8. Liquid Handling

905

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips Finntip 50For use with the 16 channel multichannel. Will also fit micro volume single channels,volume 50μl length 43mm.

1Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.5 - 500.5 - 500.5 - 50

non sterilenon sterilesterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 38410 racks of 384

100038403840

6.301 6046.301 5389.282 501

1

Pipette tips Finntip 200 ExtendedThe Finntip 200 extended is an extra-long, tapered tip. It is designed to fit in extremelynarrow vessels.

2Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl5 - 2005 - 2005 - 200

non sterilenon sterilesterile

1 box of 40010 racks of 9610 racks of 96

400960960

6.222 4806.227 4866.224 233

2

Pipette tips Finntip 250 UniversalThis quality product is ideal for single channel and multichannel Finnpipettes. It was alsodesigned to be used with pipettes from other manufacturers. Finntip universals are alsoavailable in refill packs.

3Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.5 - 2500.5 - 2500.5 - 2500.5 - 2500.5 - 2500.5 - 2500.5 - 250

non sterilenon sterilenon sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 box of 5001 bag of 10001 bag of 20,00010 racks of 9610 racks of 964 racks of 96 + 10 refill packs of 9620 refill packs of 96

5001000

20000960960

13441920

6.070 4246.092 7286.228 7156.082 6336.510 8646.228 7166.803 185

3

Pipette tips Finntip 300These tips were specially designed for the Finnpipette multichannels (reverse pipetting ispossible with the 300μl). The Finntip 300μl is also suitable for single channel pipets inthe 5-200μl range. The packaging options include refill packs.

4Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl5 - 3005 - 3005 - 3005 - 3005 - 300

non sterilenon sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterile

1000/Bag20.000/Bulk10x96/Rack10x96/Rack10x192/Refill

100020000

960960

1920

6.057 0116.224 2356.056 9476.084 9766.204 184

4

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 78: 8. Liquid Handling

906

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips Finntip FlexThe Thermo Scientific Finntip Flex system offers flexible, soft and sophisticated high-endtips for discerning users. Finntip Flex system consisting new-generation tips andeasy-to-use operation rack and space-saving refill kit. All elements in the system have been designed to fulfill the mostdemanding requirements for ergonomics and flexibility in pipetting tasks for todays fast-paced aboratories.- Low attachment and ejection forces- High precision molding with virgin polypropylene- Smooth surface for low liquid retention- Non-slip rack with hinged cover- Easy to use and economical refill system

1Thermo Scientific

1

Pipette tips Finntip Flex 102Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.2 - 100.2 - 100.2 - 100.2 - 100.2 - 10

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 961 rack of 96 + 20 refill packs of 9620 refill packs of 96

1000960960

20161920

9.282 5109.282 5119.282 5129.282 5139.282 514

2

Pipette tips Finntip Flex 200

3

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl1 - 2001 - 2001 - 2001 - 2001 - 200

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 961 rack of 96 + 20 refill packs of 9620 refill packs of 96

1000960960

20161920

9.282 5159.282 5169.282 5179.282 5189.282 519

3

Pipette tips Finntip Flex 300

4

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl5 - 3005 - 3005 - 3005 - 3005 - 300

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 961 rack of 96 + 20 refill packs of 9620 refill packs of 96

1000960960

20161920

6.228 7556.224 2346.228 7526.228 7536.228 754

4

Pipette tips Finntip Flex 1000

5

Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 961 rack of 96 + 16 refill packs of 9616 refill packs of 96

1000960960

16321536

6.235 5716.230 7759.282 5209.282 5219.282 522

5

6.230 775

9.282 516

6.224 234

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 79: 8. Liquid Handling

907

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips Finntip Flex 1200Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl50 - 120050 - 120050 - 120050 - 120050 - 1200

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 961 rack of 96 + 16 refill packs of 9616 refill packs of 96

1000960960

16321536

6.228 7586.228 7566.228 7579.282 5239.282 524

1

Pipette tips Finntip Flex Extended2Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl1000 - 100001000 - 10000

non sterilesterile

1 bag of 1001 bag of 50

10050

7.651 6169.282 525

2

Pipette tips Finntip Flex Filter, sterile3Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.2 - 101 - 301 - 1001 - 2005 - 300100 - 100050 - 12001000 - 10000

sterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 961 bag of 50

96096096096096096096050

9.282 5269.282 5279.282 5289.282 5299.282 5309.282 5319.282 5329.282 533

3

Pipette tips Finntip 1000This mid-size tip comes in several pack sizes. The 10 x 96 rack is available sterile.

4Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000

non sterilenon sterilenon sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterile

1 box of 2001 bag of 10001 bag of 10,00010 racks of 9610 racks of 965 refill packs of 192

2001000

10000960960960

6.085 5616.085 8526.076 4816.802 4986.206 8846.228 679

4

Pipette tips Finntip 1000 ExtendedTapered to 105mm in length the Finntip 1000 extended allows access to the narrowestcontainer.

5Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000

non sterilenon sterilesterile

1 bag of 10005 racks of 965 racks of 96

1000480480

7.200 4336.224 2366.228 676

5

Pipette tips Finntip 5mlDesigned to prevent foaming and vortexing, this tip fits into all common sizes oflaboratory vessels.

6Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl1000 - 50001000 - 50001000 - 50001000 - 50001000 - 5000

non sterilenon sterilenon sterilenon sterilesterile

1 box of 751 bag of 5001 bag of 30005 racks of 545 racks of 54

75500

3000270270

6.076 9896.510 0036.058 0166.053 6026.900 937

6

1

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 80: 8. Liquid Handling

908

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips Finntip 10 mlThe Finntip 10 ml was designed to eliminate vortexing and prevent foaming in thesample liquid.

1Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl2000 - 100002000 - 100002000 - 100002000 - 10000

non sterilenon sterilenon sterilesterile

1 box of 401 bag of 1005 racks of 245 racks of 24

40100120120

6.051 9936.051 3076.051 8816.228 721

1

Pipette tips Finntip with Filter Tips- Volume range 0.2µl-10ml- Thirteen different models including extended versions- Filters made from polyethylene, cannot be autoclaved- Supplied in vacuum sealed sterilized tip racks- Ideal for PCR and other amplification methods- Pipetting of radioactive and infectious samples- Certified free from endotoxin, DNA, DNase, RNase Type

2Thermo Scientific

Capacity Length Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.2 - 100.2 - 200.2 - 500.5 - 100.5 - 200.5 - 300.5 - 1005 - 1000.5 - 2005 - 2005 - 300100 - 1000100 - 1000500 - 50001000 - 10000

323348525252527852785271

10514715

sterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterilesterile

10 racks of 9610 racks of 38410 racks of 38410 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 545 racks of 24

96038403840960960960960960960960960960480270120

6.224 2279.282 5446.228 7426.224 2286.228 7436.228 7446.076 8966.228 7456.224 2296.228 7466.228 7476.085 2896.228 7486.224 2306.228 750

2

Pipette tips Finntip WideWith its wide orifice tip, the Finntip Wide was designed especially for pipetting fragile cellsuspensions and macromolecules like genomic DNA. This tip eliminates the mechanicalshearing that causes cell fragmentation.

3Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl10 - 25010 - 25010 - 250100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000100 - 1000

non sterilenon sterilesterilenon sterilenon sterilenon sterilesterile

1 bag of 100010 racks of 9610 racks of 961 bag of 4001 bag of 650010 racks of 9610 racks of 96

1000960960400

6500960960

9.282 5529.282 5549.282 5556.206 9606.228 7406.089 6019.282 556

3

Pipette tips Finntip BioCon- Certified free from endotoxin, DNA, DNase, RNase- Supplied individually packed- Ideal for PCR and other purity demanding applications

4Thermo Scientific

Capacity Description Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl0.2 - 100.5 - 25010 - 1000

sterilesterilesterile

1 box of 1001 box of 1001 box of 50

10010050

6.224 2329.282 5706.228 751

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 81: 8. Liquid Handling

909

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

epT.I.P.S. SetStarter kit, consisting of one epT.I.P.S box filled with tips and 4 reload trays.

1Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm

0.1 - 100.1 - 200.5 - 202 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 1250500 - 2500

34404653557176

115

anthracitegreylight greyyelloworangebluegreenred

1 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 961 box with 5 trays of 48

480480480480480480480240

9.409 4809.409 4819.409 4829.409 4839.409 4849.409 4859.409 4869.409 487

1

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. Box- Work box, filled with tips- autoclavable- contamination-free refilling system suitable for loading epT.I.P.S reloads

2Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.1 - 200.5 - 202 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 125050 - 1250500 - 2500100 - 5000

34404653557176

103115120

anthracitegreylight greyyelloworangebluegreendark greenredpurple

1 box of 961 box of 961 box of 961 box of 961 box of 961 box of 961 box of 961 box of 961 box of 481 box of 24

96969696969696964824

9.409 4709.409 4719.409 4729.409 4739.409 4749.409 4759.409 4766.238 1209.409 4779.409 478

2

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. StandardOriginal Eppendorf, high quality, pipette tips at an attractive price.- packed in multi sealable bag- tips available in various sizes from 10µl up to 10ml

3Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.1 - 200.5 - 202 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 125050 - 1250500 - 2500100 - 50001000 - 100001000 - 10000

34404653557176

103115120165243

anthracitegreylight greyyelloworangebluegreendark greenredpurpleturquoiseturquoise

2 bags of 5002 bags of 5002 bags of 5002 bags of 5002 bags of 5002 bags of 5002 bags of 5002 bags of 5005 bags of 1005 bags of 1002 bags of 1002 bags of 100

10001000100010001000100010001000500500200200

9.409 4109.409 4119.409 4129.409 4139.409 4149.409 4159.409 4166.238 1219.409 4179.409 4189.409 4039.409 404

3

epT.I.P.S. Standard, clear4Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm2 - 20020 - 30050 - 1000

535571

clearclearclear

1 pack of 10001 pack of 10001 pack of 1000

100010001000

9.409 4079.409 4089.409 409

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 82: 8. Liquid Handling

910

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

epT.I.P.S. Reloads- Practical refilling system for epT.I.P.S box- Trays supplied either double-sided or as stack packs, depending on tip size- Contamination-free transfer to the trays into the work box- Autoclavable trays are available- Colour-coded trays for simple identification of the tips.

1Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.1 - 200.5 - 202 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 125050 - 1250500 - 2500

34404653557176

103115

anthracitegreylight greyyelloworangebluegreendark greenred

10 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 96

960960960960960960960960480

9.409 4509.409 4519.409 4529.409 4539.409 4549.409 4559.409 4566.238 1179.409 457

1

epT.I.P.S. Reloads- practical refilling system for epT.I.P.S. Box- workbox with tips- autoclavable- PCR quality- certified free from human DNA, DNase, RNase and PCR inhibitor

2Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.1 - 200.5 - 202 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 125050 - 1250500 - 2500

34404653557176

103115

anthracitegreylight greyyelloworangebluegreendark greenred

10 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 48

960960960960960960960960480

9.409 4609.409 4619.409 4629.409 4639.409 4649.409 4659.409 4666.238 1189.409 467

2

epT.I.P.S. Racks, Biopur®

Highest biological purity Eppendorf Biopur pipette tips (sterile, pyrogen-, RNase-, DNA-, ATP-free)- batch controlled- batch specific certificate available on request- individually boxed racks, 5 Boxes per pack

3Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 202 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 125050 - 1250500 - 25001000 - 10000

4053557176

103115165

greyyelloworangebluegreendark greenredturquoise

5 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 485 racks of 24

480480480480480480240120

9.409 4309.409 4319.409 4329.409 4339.409 4346.238 1199.409 4359.409 405

3

epT.I.P.S. Singles, Biopur®

- Eppendorf Biopur® Individually blister-packed tips- Batch number and the date of expiry indicated on each blister pack- Batch specific certificate on request- Biopur quality: sterile, Pyrogen, RNAse-, DNA and ATP free

4Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour PK Cat. No.µl mm0.1 to 202 to 20050 to 1000

405371

greyyellowblue

100100100

9.409 4209.409 4219.409 422

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 83: 8. Liquid Handling

911

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

epT.I.P.S. Dualfilter tips- Pipette tips boxed in racks with integral, twin-layer ep Dualfilter made fromhydrophobic polyethylene without additives. One layer protects the user againstaerosols, the other against airborne microbes

- All tips are sterile, pyrogen free and PCR clean (free from human DNA, DNase, RNase, PCR Inhibitors)- batch specific certificate available on request- The filter doesn´t retain liquid when accidentally wetted during aspiration, the whole sample can be recovered easily

1 2Eppendorf

Capacity Length Colour Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.1 - 100.5 - 202 - 202 - 1002 - 20020 - 30050 - 100050 - 1250100 - 50001000 - 10000

3440465355595576

103120243

anthraciteanthracitelight greyyellowyellowyelloworangebluedark greenpurpleblue

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 965 racks of 965 racks of 24100 tips, single packed

960960960960960960960960480120100

9.409 4409.409 4419.409 4429.409 4439.409 4449.409 4489.409 4459.409 4466.237 3799.409 4479.409 406

1

2

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetentionIdeally suited for all applications with samples that contain detergents:- PCR and real-time PCR preparation of enzyme solutions and master mixes- Isolation, purification and denaturation of proteins- Restriction digestions and ligations- Pipetting DNA ladders during gel electrophoresis

Features:- Ultrahomogeneous surface for maximum reproducibility- Ultrahydrophobic surface for minimum loss of sample- Air bubbles and foaming are signifcantly reduced during pipetting- Autoclavable, high chemical resistance - 5 year shelf life

Simple differentiation of racks and reloads through a new, clear lid with a white seal. When open, the text LoRetentioncan be seen from the inside. The reusable seal makes it also possible to label existing ep T.I.P.S. boxes.

3 4Eppendorf

3

4

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention Dual Filter, racksPCR clean, sterile, pyrogene free. 10 x 96 tips. Eppendorf

Capacity Length Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.5 - 202 - 10020 - 30050 - 1000

3446555576

10 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 9610 racks of 96

960960960960960

9.409 4259.409 4269.409 4279.409 4289.409 429

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention, Reloads10 x 96 tips. Eppendorf

Type Length Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

mm0.1 - 100.5 - 202 - 20050 - 1000

34465976

10 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 96

960960960960

9.409 4959.409 4969.409 4979.409 498

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention, Reloads PCR cleanPCR clean, sterile, pyrogen-free. 10 x 96 tips. Eppendorf

Capacity Length Packagecontents

PK Cat. No.

µl mm0.1 - 100.5 - 202 - 20050 - 1000

34465976

10 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 9610 trays of 96

960960960960

9.409 4909.409 4919.409 4929.409 493

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 84: 8. Liquid Handling

912

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Disposable Reagent reservoirs, with clearly visible volume markings

LLG-Reagent reservoirs offer a convenient solution for the temporary storage of non-solvent based liquids during anypipetting application. The system consists of disposable, crystal clear polystyrene inserts that fit into reusable baseswith clearly visible volume markings. The pour-back spouts in the corners of the reservoir allow pouring back the liquidinto the original container without spills. The reagent reservoirs are available in 25 or 100 ml in size and are stackablefor space saving storage.

Features and benefits:- Light is refracted so that graduations below the liquid surface become invisible, making it easier to identify the exact

desired volume line.- Pour-back spouts moulded into the corners of each reagent reservoir control liquid flow and enable the easy, spill-free return of reagent to its original container.

Delivery: 4 packs of 50 pcs., sterile wrapped, 1 base per case.

1 2

Capacity Description PK Cat. No.ml25100

LLG Reagent Reservoirs incl. 1 baseLLG Reagent Reservoirs incl. 1 base

200200

9.409 7319.409 732

1

2

Reagent ReservoirsWith 25ml interval graduations and indents to prevent stacked reservoirs from stickingtogether. For multichannel pipettors. The bottom of each reservoir tapers down into anarrow trough, to help you get the last drop of liquid.

3Heathrow Scientific

Capacity Description PK Cat. No.ml555555100100

PVC, clear, non-sterilePS, white, non-sterilePS, white, sterilePS, white, non-sterilePS, white, sterile

10010050

10050

6.236 9459.409 6639.409 6669.409 6649.409 667

3

Reagent reservoirsPolypropylene solution basin/reagent reservoir has a standard 50mL basin on one sideand 12 individual 5mL basins on the other side. Wells are angled both downward andoutward, guiding multichannel pipettor tips toward a centered position, which helps to avoid contamination and waste.Imprinted indices identify samples; loose-fitting lids prevent evaporation and contamination. Non-sterile.

4Heathrow Scientific

Type PK Cat. No.

Dual Solution 25 9.409 665

4

Multichannel pipette reservoirPP. Translucent. Maximum filling volume 60ml. Suitable for multichannel pipettes with8 or 12 channels. Autoclavable (121°C).

5BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

non-sterile, with lidsterile, without lid (single packed)sterile, without lid (in bags with 5 pieces)

10100200

9.280 1319.280 1329.280 133

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 85: 8. Liquid Handling

913

8. Liquid HandlingPipettes/Pipette tips

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette reservoirs, PPThese reagent reservoirs were designed especially for use with automated liquid handlingplatforms. They can also be used with manual systems. Different partitions, bottomstyles and profiles provide broas application flexibility.

- ANSI/SLAS standard format Compatible with nearly all liquid handling robots and other automated dispensingsystems

- 5 different types for use with multichannel pipettes and automatic systems- Excellent stability and chemical resistance made from high-quality polypropylene- Free from RNases and DNases- Autoclavable (121°C, 20 min)

1BRAND

1

Description Working volumecolumn each

Bottom shape PK Cat. No.

ml1-column12-column, low profile4-column6-column1-column, low profile

2206

604050

pyramid, 96-wellpyramidpyramidpyramidflat

1010101010

6.266 2756.266 2766.266 2776.266 2786.266 279

Multichannel Pipetting ReservoirThree different, autoclavable reservoirs are available:- 60ml reservoir with a V-shape for optimal utilisation- 125ml reservoir with a sloping bottom- 8-channel reservoir with 8 x 10ml volume, floor sloping to one side

2Thermo Scientific

Volume PK Cat. No.ml1 x 608 x 101 x 125

51010

6.077 0026.222 8536.238 478

2

Storage system "MultiStore"White, made of highly impact resistant plastic. Tilt bins made of crystal clear PS.- for small components and accessories e.g. in industries, hospitals and laboratories- dust-free and clean storage of contents- multifunctional for individual storage solutions

3

Description External dimensions(W x D x H)

Dimensions*(W x D x H)

PK Cat. No.

mm mm4 tilt bins3 tilt bins2 tilt bins

601 x 171,5 x 206601 x 198 x 238601 x 310,5 x 353

125,5 x 128 x 133,5176 x 149 x 161265 x 221 x 241

111

9.301 5539.301 5549.301 555

*Dimensions of each single tilt bin

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 86: 8. Liquid Handling

914

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG- uniDISPENS manual Serial DispenserThe ergonomically designed manual dispenser LLG-uniDISPENS enables single handed volume selection, loading and dispensing. Due to its light weight it is ideally suited for serial dosing. You can flexibly select your desireddosing volume from 120 dosing programs for 12 tip sizes and with 10 stroke adjustments. You can view all settings andvolumes at a single glance through the viewing window of the manual dispenser. The dispenser is compatible withRitips®, PD-Tips® from Brand, Combitips ® and Combitips advanced® from Eppendorf™. The manual dispenser is madefrom high-quality materials and has a high resistance towards a broad range of chemicals. Thanks to a purelymechanical, maintenance-free construction, the manual dispenser is a practical and convenient device for dailylaboratory use.

3 years warranty.

1

Description PK Cat. No.

LLG-uniDISPENS 1 9.284 238

1

Manual step dispenser, ripette®

Ritter ripette® is a very comfortable device for hand dispensing of long series. A special technical mechanism guarantees the precision of all selected dosage volumes: 1 to 5000µl.

Product advantages:- Chart with dosage setting volumes incorporated into each dispenser.- Lightweight (approx. 100g)- Easy-to-use adjustment dial for the selection of dosage volume and the number of steps- No mechanical parts that wear out, no maintenance

Dispenser tips ritips® 25ml and 50ml cannot be used without adapter (Adapter included in delivery).

2Ritter GmbH

Description PK Cat. No.

ripette® with 25/50ml adapterSpare adapter for 25mlSpare adapter for 50ml

111

9.284 1906.266 0716.266 072

2

Dispenser tips, ritips®

- Three sizes, standard and bioclean® (sterile).- Maximum of safety and repeatability as all tips are individually and mechanically tested.- Guaranteed purity under the logo bioclean® is tested and confirmed by independent testing laboratories. Ritter bioclean® stands for sterile, pyrogen free, DNA-, RNase- and ATP-free.

- CE-marking according to IVD-directive 98/79 EG on each box.- A quality certificate per lot can be obtained upon request.

Suitable for use together with Ritter ripette®, Multipette® 4780, HandyStep®, Minilab 100/101, Stepmate, EasyStep,Distriman® and HandyStep® electronic.

Please note: Dispenser tips ritips® 25ml and 50ml cannot be used without adapter. If necessary, please order Cat.-No. 6.266 071 or 6.266 072 separately.

345

Ritter GmbH

Type PK Cat. No.

0.05ml / standard1.25ml / standard12.5ml / standard0.05ml / sterile1.25ml / sterile12.5ml / sterileAdapter for 25mlAdapter for 50ml

10010010025

100100

11

6.265 6886.265 6899.284 2256.265 6906.265 6916.265 6926.266 0716.266 072

3 4

5

9.284 225

6.265 688 6.265 689

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 87: 8. Liquid Handling

1 1

915

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Manual repetitive pipette HandyStep® SHandyStep® S - the repetitive pipette for any occasion!

Ideal for routine or research applications in diagnostics, molecular biology, environmental analysis, and many more.HandyStep® S and PD-tips work on the direct displacement principle. This offers the highest-precision dispensing ofliquid media with high viscosity, high density, or high vapor pressure. Direct displacement permits contamination-freeoperation, since no aerosols are formed.

More data and facts:

- increased chemical resistance through innovative plastic materials- easy tip mounting - PD-tip is now simply inserted from below- dispensed volume range from 2 µl to 5ml- up to 49 dispensing steps- weighs only 108g- suitable for use with BRAND PD-tips, Encode™ tips, Repet tips, Combitips®, Combitips® plus and other compatible

dispenser tips- CE- IVD -compliant

Items suppliedHandyStep® S, DE-M marking, with serial number, performance cerficate, operating manual, shelf/rack mount, 3 PD-Tips: 0.1ml, 1ml and 10ml.

BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

HandyStep® S incl. rack holderRack holder for HandyStep® S

11

9.280 9449.280 945

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 88: 8. Liquid Handling

916

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Repetitive pipette HandyStep® electronicMicroprocessor-controlled manual repetitive pipette for fatigue-free use, serial dispensingin a wide range of applications. Ergonomic shape permits comfortable use and providesuniform precision, independent of user influence.- automatic size recognition of new Brand PD tips with piston coding- can be used with most other commercial dispenser tips- variable volume setting between 1µl and 50ml- LCD readout of volume, number of dispensing steps and aspirating/dispensing speed- functions: dispensing, auto dispensing, pipetting with continuously variable volume- innovative recharging dock concept reduces downtimes- user-friendly, intuitive menu system- auto dispensing with learning feature (average speed of first three dispensings memorized,

then used for subsequent procedures during session)- CE marked according to IVD 98/79 EG.- NiMH battery pack can be recharged when fitted or separately.

Supplied with: HandyStep® electronic, DE-M marking, performance certificate, with NiMH battery pack and charger. 1 PD-Tip sizes 0.5 ml, 1.25 ml, 2.5 ml, 5 ml and 12.5 ml each.

1BRAND

1

Type PK Cat. No.

HandyStep® electronic, incl. NiMH battery pack, charging dock and 230V 50Hz power adapter with continental European plug*Manual repetitive pipette HandyStep® electronic, Package, with AC charger UK

11

9.284 0404.000 165

Pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, HandyStep® electronic, from BRAND

PD-Tip

0.1 ml0.5 ml

1 ml1.25 ml

2.5 ml

5 ml

10 ml12.5 ml

25 ml

50 ml

Capacity

1 µl - 100 µl5 µl - 500 µl

10 µl - 1 ml12.5 µl - 1.25 ml

25 µl - 2.5 ml

50 µl - 5 ml

100 µl - 10 ml125 µl - 12.5 ml

250 µl - 25 ml

500 µl - 50 ml

Subdivision

1 µl - 100 µl5 µl - 100 µl100 µl - 500 µl10 µl - 1 ml12.5 µl - 100 µl100 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 1.25 ml25 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 2.5 ml50 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 5 ml100 µl - 10 ml125 µl - 1000 µl1 ml - 10 ml10 ml - 12.5 ml250 µl - 10 ml10 ml - 25 ml500 µl - 10 ml10 ml - 50 ml

0.1 µl0.1 µl1 µl1 µl0.5 µl1 µl10 µl1 µl10 µl1 µl10 µl10 µl5 µl10 µl100 µl10 µl100 µl10 µl100 µl

Accuracy (≤ ± R%)Nom. capacity10.9

0.60.6

0.5

0.5

0.40.5

0.5

0.5

50%10.9

0.90.6

0.6

0.5

0.50.5

0.5

0.5

10%1.61

10.9

0.7

0.7

0.70.8

0.6

0.5

1%85

55

3.5

3.5

3.53.5

3

3

Precision (≤ CV%)Nom. capacity0.50.3

0.30.2

0.15

0.15

0.150.15

0.15

0.15

50%10.6

0.50.5

0.3

0.4

0.50.6

0.3

0.4

10%21

0.80.7

0.6

0.7

0.81.4

1.0

1.2

1%125

44

3

3

46.5

6

9

Tolerances according to ISO 8655.

Accessories for pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, HandyStep® electronic

2

BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

European plug, 230 V 50 Hz power supply only*Charging dock only, without power supplyNiMH battery pack, spare

111

9.284 0419.284 0429.284 043

* Other power supplies on request.

2

AdaptersAdapters for 25ml and 50ml PD tips.

3BRAND

Type PK Cat. No.

Adapter, non-sterileAdapter, sterile*

105

9.280 9429.280 943

* Individually packed.

3

*Other adapters (UK/Ireland, USA/Japan or Australia) are available on request.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 89: 8. Liquid Handling

917

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Precision Dispenser Tips for Stepper PipettorsThe BRAND PD-Tips from BRAND with patented size encoding are the ideal system component for theHandyStep® electronic (with automatic tip size recognition), HandyStep® S and HandyStep® from Brand. They can be used also with compatible, third-party dispensing systems. The automatic size detection option is available with HandyStep® electronic, Gilson® Repetman®, and Rainin AutoRep™ E. In addition, PD-Tips can be used with HandyStep®, HandyStep® S, Rainin AutoRep™ M, Eppendorf® Multipette® 4780 and EDOS® 5221 amongothers. PD-Tips are DE-M marked, comply with ISO 8655 requirements and come with a batch certificate. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. PD-Tips are available in 10 different sizes from 0.1ml to 50ml. They are available non-sterile, sterile/endotoxin-free (individually wrapped), as well as in Bio-Cert® quality (available on request). Bio-Cert® products are free from DNA, RNase and ATP. Quality control is conducted at anindependent, accredited test laboratory. A batch-related certificate will be provided. For 25 and 50ml tips, an adapter is required and is included.

1BRAND

Capacity Type PK Cat. No.ml0.100.501.001.252.505.0010.0012.5025.0050.000.100.501.001.252.505.0010.0012.5025.0050.000.100.501.001.252.505.0010.0012.5025.0050.00

non-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilenon-sterilesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, endotoxin freesterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

sterile, Bio-Cert®

1001001001001001001001005025

1001001001001001001001002525

1001001001001001001001002525

9.280 9239.280 9284.007 8549.280 9309.280 9329.280 9344.007 8559.280 9369.280 9389.280 9409.280 9249.280 9294.007 8569.280 9319.280 9339.280 9354.007 8579.280 9379.280 9399.280 9416.229 6257.615 3674.007 8586.207 2779.409 6536.206 7324.007 8596.206 7339.409 6566.224 557

1

Pipettors, positive displacement, variable, repeating, Stepper™ 411Highly comfortable pipette, intended for reliable repeat dispensing from 10 to 5000µl.Unique trigger action mechanism eliminates thumb fatigue. Selected materials ensurereliability in use, day after day. Compact shape greatly limits internal instrument contamination. Wide selection between 53 different volumes; up to 73 doses per filling. Two-year warranty.

Product advantages- 4-finger activation- setting knobs bear clear indication of volumes and number of aliquots- three positive displacement syringes, colour coded- self-locking mechanism- clear setting indication

2Socorex

2

Description PK Cat. No.

Stepper™ 411 supplied with colour-coded adjustment knobs, adapter, samples of Ecostep syringesSpare PVC workstationSpare adapters for 37.5ml (red) Ecostep syringe tips

115

9.411 5619.411 5679.411 568

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 90: 8. Liquid Handling

918

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Syringe tips, EcostepIndividually wrapped sterile, or loose-packed non-sterile.

Bioproof: Sterilized syringes are DNase-, RNase- and pyrogen-free certified.

1Socorex

Capacity Capacity Type PK Cat. No.µl10 - 10010 - 10050 - 50050 - 500500 - 5000500 - 5000

0.750.753.753.753.753.75

Non-sterileBioproof, sterile, single packedNon-sterileBioproof, sterile, single packedNon-sterileBioproof, sterile, single packed

100100100100100100

9.411 5099.411 5109.411 5119.411 5129.411 5139.411 514

1

Dispensers Multipette® M4On the Multipette®/Combitip system, volumes are dispensed using the positivedisplacement principle. The liquid is directly dispensed without an air cushion, ensuringthe correct volume is always dispensed regardless of the density and viscosity of the liquid.In addition to serial dispensing, the Multipette is also the perfect instrument that is able to go beyond the limitations ofa standard pipette.

Features Multipette®

- Light and ergonomic- Stress-free work via integrated step counter: dispensing procedures can be continued error-free after an interruption

or distraction- Central Combitip ejector: fully emptied Combitip can be easily ejected with one hand using the operating lever- Step counter: Displays the number of executed dispensing steps- Only suitable with Eppendorf Combitips advanced- Combitip sensor: Automatic Combitip recognition and volume display

Applications- Repetitive Dispensing of volumes in long series such as plate filling or when aliquoting- Contamination-free dispensing of toxic, radioactive and or other hazardous liquids- Precise and accurate dispensing of viscous solutions (e.g. glycerol) or liquids with high vapor pressure (e.g. ethanol)

2Eppendorf

2

Type PK Cat. No.

Multipette® M4 incl. holderMultipette® M4 Starter Kit, incl. Combitip Rack and Combitip Assortmentpack 1µl - 10ml

11

9.283 6049.283 681

Dispensers Multipette® Stream and Multipette® XstreamApplications- dispensing volumes in long series- electronic dispensing with memory functions- contamination-free dispensing using positive displacement principle- ideal for viscous solutions (e.g. glycerol, oil) or liquids with high vapour pressure (e.g. acetone, ethanol)Product features, Multipette® Stream- dispensing and pipetting according to positive displacement principle- automatic dispensing- rapid, ergonomic dispensing with motorized piston- one-button tip ejector- Li-Ion battery- selection wheel- automatic Combitip® plus tip recognition- volume range from 1µl to 50ml- charging possible whilst in use

3Eppendorf

Type PK Cat. No.

Multipette® stream incl. chargerMultipette® Xstream incl. chargerCharge stand for Multipette®/Repeater Stream/Xstream

111

9.283 6159.283 6169.283 618

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 91: 8. Liquid Handling

919

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pipette tips, Eppendorf Combitips advanced®

The Eppendorf Combitips have been completely redesigned and optimised so that they are capable ofmeeting the increased requirements of a modern laboratory to a greater extent than ever before. The result is the Combitips advanced®. As they offer a wide variety of advantages in comparison with the Combitips plus, we talk about the 360° Evolution. The Combitips advanced replace the Combitips plus.The Combitips advanced also function according to the positive displacement principle. Thus they always dispense thecorrect desired volume independently of the density of the liquid and its flow characteristics (e.g. increased vapourpressure or increased viscosity). Working with radioactive, aggressive or toxic materials also becomes safer due to thehermetically sealed piston preventing aerosol contamination. After dispensing with the Multipette, just eject theCombitips advanced and dispose of.Whether Multipette 4780, Multipette plus, Multipette stream or Xstream - the Combitips advanced are optimized for allMultipette models to create the perfect connection!

1Eppendorf

1

Type Capacity Colour code PK Cat. No.ml

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®

Combitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced®, PCR cleanCombitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Biopur®

Combitips advanced® Assortment pack(1pc. of each size plus each 1pc. 25ml and 50ml adapter)

0.10.20.51.02.55.0

10.025.050.00.10.20.51.02.55.0

10.025.050.00.10.20.51.02.55.0

10.025.050.0

whitelight bluepurpleyellowgreenblueorangeredlight greywhitelight bluepurpleyellowgreenblueorangeredlight greywhitelight bluepurpleyellowgreenblueorangeredlight grey

100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100

1

9.283 1359.283 1369.283 1379.283 1389.283 1399.283 1409.283 1419.283 1429.283 1439.283 1449.283 1459.283 1469.283 1479.283 1489.283 1499.283 1509.283 1519.283 1529.283 1539.283 1549.283 1559.283 1569.283 1579.283 1589.283 1599.283 1609.283 1619.283 167

Accessories for Pipette tips, Eppendorf Combitips advanced®2Eppendorf

Type Capacity Colour code PK Cat. No.ml

advanced® Adapteradvanced® Adapteradvanced® Adapter biopur®

advanced® Adapter biopur®

advanced® Rack for 8 Combitips

25.050.025.050.0

redlight greyredlight grey

11771

9.283 1629.283 1639.283 1649.283 1659.283 166

2

Pipette tips, Biopur® Combitips®

For RNase-, DNA-, ATP- and pyrogen-free work.- continuous quality control by independent laboratory- can be supplied with a batch-related quality certificate upon request

The Eppendorf Biopur seal stands for the highest biological purity. Eppendorf Biopur disposable products are guaranteedsterile, pyrogen-free, RNase-free, DNA-free and ATP-free. They therefore meet the highest requirements in the medical,pharmaceutical and food industries, in PCR technology, molecular biology and cell technology. This new dimension ofpurity is made possible because of a production process that is comprehensively automated through all of themanufacturing stages up to the end product and that excludes contamination with biological substances. Biopur Combitips, individually blister packed in outer cases of 100.

3 4Eppendorf

Type Minimum Maximum PK Cat. No.Interval (µl) Interval (µl)

1.25ml12.5ml

25250

1251250

100100

9.283 5029.283 505

3

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 92: 8. Liquid Handling

920

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Hand dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Self-filling syringes Dosys™- Optimal hand balance and ergonomics- Fast and reliable volume setting- Excellent reproducibility- Plunger tightness without O-ring- High chemical resistance- Fully autoclavable at 121°C/250°F- Self-refilling automatic

Dosys™ basic 162/172- Fill-by-fill (automatic) through needle or cannula- Supplied without valve system- Luer Lock nozzlePackage includes syringe, PVC protection sleeve and operating instructions.

Dosys™ classic 163/173- Integrated valve system- Luer Lock nozzlePackage includes syringe, one meter silicone feed tube, sinker, PVC protection sleeve, aspiration and vent cannulas, set of spare for valve, operating instructions.

Dosys™ premium 164/174- Detachable valve system- Enhanced corrosion resistance- Luer Lock nozzlePackage includes syringe, one meter silicone feed tube, sinker, PVC protection sleeve, aspiration, vent and dosing cannulas, set of spare for valve, operating instructions.

Further Self-filling syringes available on request.

1Socorex

Type Volume Valve With PK Cat. No.ml

Dosys™ basic 162Dosys™ classic 163Dosys™ premium 164Dosys™ premium 164Dosys™ basic 172Dosys™ basic 172Dosys™ basic 172Dosys™ basic 172Dosys™ classic 173Dosys™ classic 173Dosys™ classic 173Dosys™ classic 173Dosys™ premium 174Dosys™ premium 174Dosys™ premium 174Dosys™ premium 174

0.5 to 50.3 to 20,3 to 21 to 100.1 to 10.3 to 20.5 to 51 to 100.1 to 10.5 to 51 to 105 to 200.1 to 10.3 to 20.5 to 51 to 10

withoutintegrateddetachabledetachable

withoutwithoutwithoutwithout

integratedintegratedintegratedintegrateddetachabledetachabledetachabledetachable

2-ring handle2-ring handle2-ring handle2-ring handlepistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grippistol grip

1111111111111111

6.229 7406.206 2016.204 4726.224 2079.411 5249.411 5259.411 5269.411 5276.205 1656.231 6866.230 5357.630 7759.411 5209.411 5219.411 5229.411 523

1

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 93: 8. Liquid Handling

921

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

LLG-Bottletop dispenser uniTOPDISPENS with glass piston andclear glass cylinderThe LLG-uniTOPDISPENS is a reasonably priced bottle-top dispenser with PTFE-coated glass piston available in 2 volumes: 10ml and 50ml. Precise, reliable and robust. The PTFE-coating of the glass piston is ideal when dispensingof crystallizing media. The high quality of the material used and the precision of the grinding ensures the perfect seal ofthe complete dispensing system. 3 years warranty.

- Precise and reliable volume setting- Visible dosing procedure- Valve block made of PP gives optimised protection of the glass made dosing cylinder- Precise grinding of the glass piston into the glass cylinder forms a perfect seal- Ergonomic finger guard- Delivered with 2 PP-adapters GL 40 and 45- With glass piston and clear glass cylinder

1

Description Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)LLG-uniTOPDISPENSLLG-uniTOPDISPENS

2 - 1010 - 50

0.51.0

0.60.6

0.20.2

11

9.283 8069.283 808

1

LLG-Bottletop dispenser- Definitely the best choice to provide high precision with consistent delivery. Reliable measuring results withbubble-free dispensing.

- Individually calibrated in accordance with ISO 8655 standards and each unit is supplied with an individual calibrationcertificate.

- Highest degree of chemical resistance is provided due to the use of high quality materials in contact with dispensedliquids.

- Springless PTFE valve manifold ensures excellent chemical compatibility and leak proof valve functioningreapoducibility.

- Specially designed PTFE piston with silicone O-ring ensures smooth, effortless piston movement.- Dosing cylinder is protected against breaking by a polypropylene sleeve which prevents any glass splitting in case of

any accidental breaking.- The telescopic extractable intake tube can be adjusted easily and smoothly to the varying heights of the bottles.- Nozzle cap reduces contact with air and prevents drying. No drips when the tip cover is attached.- Each dispenser comes with five adaptors (28mm, 32mm, 37mm, 40mm and 45mm) to fit in most of the laboratory

reagent bottles. Standard thread: 30mm.

Quick volume settings with the practical sets screw. After loosening the locking screw, desired volume can be set, then locking screw is fixed.

2

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)

0.3 - 2.50.5 - 51.0 - 102.5 - 305.0 - 6010.0 - 100

0.050.100.200.501.002.00

0.60.50.50.50.50.5

0.20.10.10.10.10.1

111111

9.284 1809.284 1819.284 1829.284 1839.284 1849.284 185

2

9.283 806

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 94: 8. Liquid Handling

922

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Dispensers, VITLAB® simplex- quick, easy and precise volume adjustment- no drips after tube has been capped- high-quality materials (PTFE, PFA, FEP, borosilicate glass, platinum-iridium) ensure high chemical resistance aganinst most acids, solvents and bases

- a positive displacement plunger with a PFA seal minimizes the crystallization of liquids and thus the clogging of the plunger

- easy to dismantle for cleaning, no tools necessary- completely autoclavable at 121°C- device can be rotated 360° on bottle- certificate of conformity according to DIN 12600- margin of error according to DIN EN ISO 8655-5- items supplied: 3 polypropylene adapters (see chart), 1 telescopic inlet tube (200 to 350mm), 1 mounting tool,

operation manual, quality certificate stating all test values- with variable volume

1VITLAB

Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Neckthread

Adapter PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) GL0.25 - 2.50.5 - 5.01.0 - 10.02.5 - 25.05.0 - 50.010.0 - 100.0

0.050.100.200.501.002.00

0.60.50.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.10.10.1

323232454545

GL 28, 45, S 40GL 28, 45, S 40GL 28, 45, S 40GL 32, 38, S 40GL 32, 38, S 40GL 32, 38, S 40

111111

9.284 0309.284 0319.284 0329.284 0339.284 0349.284 035

S 40 = saw tooth thread

1

Dispensers, VITLAB® genius- quick, easy and precise volume adjustment- patented recirculation valve avoids reagent waste- no drips after tube has been capped- easy calibration adjustment- High-quality materials (PTFE, PFA, FEP, borosilicate glass, platinum-iridium) ensure good chemical resistance to most

acids, solvents and bases- a positive displacement plunger with PFA seal minimizes the crystallization of liquids and therefore the possibility of

the plunger jamming- easy to dismantle for cleaning, no tools necessary- completely autoclavable at 121°C- can be rotated 360° on bottle- certificate of conformity according to DIN 12600- margin of error according to DIN EN ISO 8655-5- items supplied: 3 polypropylene adapters (see chart), 1 telescopic inlet tube (200 to 350mm), 1 mounting tool,

operation manual, quality certificate stating all test values- with recirculation valve and media-specific recalibration

2VITLAB

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Neckthread

Adapter PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%) GL

0.25 - 2.50.5 - 51 - 102.5 - 255 - 5010 - 100

0.050.10.20.51.02.0

0.60.50.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.10.10.1

323232454545

GL 28, 45, S 40GL 28, 45, S 40GL 28, 45, S 40GL 32, 38, S 40GL 32, 38, S 40GL 32, 38, S 40

111111

9.284 0229.284 0239.284 0249.284 0259.284 0269.284 027

S 40 = saw tooth thread

2

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 95: 8. Liquid Handling

923

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Dispensers, bottle-top, POLYFIX®

For dispensing of all chemicals, where polypropylene is resistant. With vacuumcalibrated, glass dispensing barrel. Valve block not detachable for safety reasons.- conformity-certified- ergonomically designed plunger handle for comfortable operation- user-friendly, volume setting with easy movement and rotatable fine adjustment- PP valve block (GL32) with FIX adapter which aligns the dispenser on the bottle.Not suitable for solvents.Supplied with 2 x PP bottle adapters (GL40 and GL45).

1Poulten & Graf

1

Description Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)with glass piston and clear glass cylinder*with glass piston and clear glass cylinder*with PTFE-coated piston and clear glass cylinder**with PTFE-coated piston and clear glass cylinder**with glass piston and amber dosing cylinder***with glass piston and amber dosing cylinder***

2 - 1010 - 502 - 1010 - 502 - 1010 - 50

0.51.00.51.00.51.0

0.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111

9.283 8009.283 8109.283 8019.283 8029.283 8039.283 804

* For dosing of aqueous media**For dosing of weak acids and bases***For dispensing light sensitive liquids

Dispensers, bottle-top, FORTUNA® OPTIFIX® BASICFor problem-free dispensing of aqueous media and acids as well as solutions subject tocrystallization. With solid, PTFE-sleeved dispensing piston, highly polished, 100% corrosion-free,vacuum calibrated, plastic-coated, precision glass cylinder (visible dispensing process). Stopper ring made of fibre-glassreinforced, PTFE. Black-graduated, dispensing cylinder. PTFE valve block (no metal springs to contaminate thedispensed liquid). With colour-coded handle inscriptions.Sizes 2ml to 100ml autoclavable (Please read the autoclavinginstructions carefully before proceeding). Sizes 200ml to 500ml in autoclavable version only available on request.

Items supplied: Dispenser without reservoir bottle, PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PP bottle adapters(GL40 and GL45). Conformity-certified, with precision certificate.

2Poulten & Graf

Type Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)Basic-27Basic-33Basic-38Basic-44Basic-48Basic-51Basic-53Basic-56*Basic-58*

0.4 - 21 - 52 - 106 - 3010 - 5020 - 10040 - 20060 - 300100 - 500

0.10.10.20.51.02.05.05.05.0

0.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111111

9.287 9029.287 9039.287 9049.287 9059.287 9069.287 9079.287 9089.287 9099.287 951

*not included in ISO 8655/5

2

Dispensers, bottle-top, FORTUNA® OPTIFIX® SOLVENTFor organic solvents and liquid compounds that may swell PTFE. With vacuum calibrated,glass dispensing barrel and precision glass piston. Barrel graduated in black. Visible dispensing. PTFE valve block (GL32). With colour-coded plunger handles. Sizes 2ml to 100ml autoclavable(Please read the autoclaving instructions carefully before proceeding). Sizes 200ml to 500ml in autoclavable versiononly available on request.

Items supplied: Dispenser without reservoir bottle, PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PP bottle adapters(GL40 and GL45). Conformity-certified, with precision certificate.

3Poulten & Graf

Type Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)SOLVENT-27SOLVENT-33SOLVENT-38SOLVENT-44SOLVENT-48SOLVENT-51SOLVENT-53SOLVENT-56*SOLVENT-58*

0.4 - 21 - 52 - 106 - 3010 - 5020 - 10040 - 20060 - 300100 - 500

0.10.20.51.01.02.05.05.05.0

0.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111111

9.287 9539.287 9549.287 9559.287 9569.287 9579.287 9589.287 9599.287 9609.287 961

* in addition to ISO 8655

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 96: 8. Liquid Handling

924

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Dispensers, bottle-top, FORTUNA® OPTIFIX® SAFETYFor strong acids (excl. HF) and aggressive chemicals. Visible dispensing process,dispensing piston made of PTFE-sleeved, solid glass, with additional sealing lip at the endof the piston to prevent acid fumes and odours from escaping. No metal springs in the valve block (no contamination of the dispensed liquid). With colour-coded handle inscriptions.Items supplied: Dispenser without reservoir bottle, 1 discharge tube, incl. 2 PTFE-adapters (GL 40+45), 1 PTFE suction tube.

1Poulten & Graf

Type Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)Safety-27Safety-33Safety-38Safety-44Safety-48Safety-51

0.4 - 21 - 52 - 106 - 3010 - 5020 - 100

0.10.20.51.01.02.0

0.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111

9.287 9629.287 9639.287 9649.287 9659.287 9669.287 967

1

Dispensers, bottle-top, FORTUNA® OPTIFIX® SAFETY SBottle-top dispensers for dispensing strong fuming acids and very aggressive liquids,with safety stopcock and additional safety valve in the ventilation tube, with PTFE-encased dispensing piston with sealing lip, FIX adaptor made of solid PTFE, comes with 2 x PTFE GL40/GL45 adapters and PTFE inlet tube.

2Poulten & Graf

Type Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)Safety S-27Safety S-33Safety S-38Safety S-44Safety S-48Safety S-51

0.4 - 21 - 52 - 106 - 3010 - 5020 - 100

0.10.20.51.01.02.0

0.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111

6.206 6006.227 9429.287 9959.287 9969.287 9979.287 998

2

Dispensers, bottle-top, FORTUNA UNIVERSAL® OPTIFIX® HFWith solid PTFE dispensing barrel and glass-cored, PTFE coated plunger with seal(prevents acid vapours escaping from the storage bottle). With colour-coded plunger handles.Items supplied: Hydrofluoric acid dispenser without reservoir bottle, with PTFE valve block (GL32), PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PTFE bottle adapters (GL40 and GL45).

3Poulten & Graf

Type Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)

HF-33HF-38HF-44HF-48

1 - 52 - 106 - 3010 - 50

0.20.51.01.0

0.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.2

1111

9.287 9709.287 9689.287 9696.241 198

3

Bottle-top dispensers Calibrex™ organo 525/Calibrex™ solutae 530Calibrex organo 525 models include a ground glass plunger, best suited for organics,non-crystallizing acid and base solutions. Calibrex solutae 530 dispensers have a PFA coated plungerpreventing plunger and barrel from seizing together. This enables trouble free distribution of salt solutions, weak and strong acids, as well as bases.- Integrated calibration system- Choice of adjustment button with each unit- Autoclavable at 121°C fully assembled- Two-year warrantySupplied with 45 mm base thread, 120 mm delivery jet and stopper, 350 mm feed tube, alternative screw-type volumesetting button, three bottle neck adapters (32, 38 and 40 mm), QC certificate and operating instructions.

4Socorex

Type Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)

Calibrex™ organo 525Calibrex™ organo 525Calibrex™ organo 525Calibrex™ organo 525Calibrex™ organo 525Calibrex™ organo 525Calibrex™ solutae 530Calibrex™ solutae 530Calibrex™ solutae 530Calibrex™ solutae 530Calibrex™ solutae 530Calibrex™ solutae 530

2.5 - 255 - 5010 - 1002.5 - 255 - 5010 - 1002.5 - 255 - 5010 - 1002.5 - 255 - 5010 - 100

0.51.01.00.51.01.00.51.01.00.51.01.0

0.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

withoutwithoutwithoutwithwithwithwithoutwithoutwithoutwithwithwith

111111111111

9.411 5629.411 5639.411 5646.261 2186.261 2196.261 2209.411 5659.411 5666.258 4466.261 2216.261 2226.261 223

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 97: 8. Liquid Handling

HiClass in the lab– globally!

Titration, dispensing or pipetting,Hirschmann makes your laboratory work

speedier, safer and more accurate.

Hirschmann – HiClass in the lab.

Hirschmann Laborgeräte GmbH & Co. KGHauptstraße 7-15 · 74246 Eberstadt GermanyFon +49 7134 511-0 · Fax +49 7134 511-990www.hirschmannlab.de · [email protected]

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 98: 8. Liquid Handling

926

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Dispensers, bottle-top, ceramus® classicWith ceramic pistons. High precision, bottle-top dispensers adjustable in fixed steps forthe reproducible dispensing of liquids. With patented, high-purity, alumino-ceramicpistons and highly polished, DURAN® glass cylinders, guaranteeing continual durability and precision.- no surface abrasion- no sticking due to plastic swelling- no thermal expansion problems

Ratchet adjustment mechanism prevents accidental adjustment of the set volume. When not in use the pistons can belocked and the delivery tubes capped to prevent loss of reagent. The glass cylinders are encased in plastic for addedsafety and have a window for viewing the contents. Autoclavable up to max. 121°C/2 bar.

- inlet and outlet valves are easily replaced- fully supported delivery jet prevents 'side fling' of reagent- screw-fixed, inlet suction tube- High-grade materials (ECTFE, DURAN® glass, FEP) are used throughout.

Supplied with: complete with thread A 32 mm, 3 thread adapters (A 28, A 45, S 40), 1 screw-coupled suction tube, 1 discharge tube unit, one spanner for valve, with individual serial number and Single Calibration Report.

1

Hirschmann

Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.2 - 10.4 - 21 - 52 - 105 - 3010 - 60

0.050.050.100.250.501.00

0.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111

9.287 8319.287 8329.287 8339.287 8349.287 8359.287 836

1

Dispensers, bottle-top, ceramus®

New dispenser technology from Hirschmann laboratory apparatus, with ceramic pistons.ceramus® are a high-precision, bottle-top dispenser range for almost all liquids.- Environmentally-friendly, reagent-saving, recirculation valves- Tough, ceramic pistons- Simple, self-locking volume selection- When not in use, pistons can be locked and delivery tubes capped to prevent loss of reagent.- Fixed interval graduations give excellent reproducibility- 45mm screw neck and adapters supplied allow use with a variety of reservoir bottles- Smooth-action piston minimises operator fatigue during serial dispensing- High-grade construction materials provide long operational life- autoclavable at 121°C

Supplied with: ceramus® complete with thread adapters A 45mm, 3 thread adapters (A 32, S 40 and A 38), 1 screw-coupled suction tube, 1 discharge tube unit complete, 1 spanner for valve, with individual serial number andsingle calibration report.

2

Hirschmann

Type Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)VariableVariableVariableVariableVariableVariableFixedFixedFixedFixedFixedFixed

0.2 - 1.00.4 - 2.01.0 - 5.02.0 - 10.05.0 - 30.010.0 - 60.01.02.05.010.025.050.0

0.050.050.10.250.51.0------

0.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.60.6

0.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111111111

9.287 8009.287 8019.287 8029.287 8039.287 8049.287 8059.287 8069.287 8079.287 8089.287 8099.287 8159.287 816

2

9.287 831

9.287 802

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 99: 8. Liquid Handling

927

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Accessories for Hirschmann Dispenser ceramus® and opus®, Digital-Bürette solarus® and Titriergerät akku drive®

Hirschmann

Product

System platformBottle support suitable for all bottles up to diam. approx. 75-120mmData power cable 2mData power cable 5mConnecting cable USBConnecting cable RS 232Foot-switch for starting the dosing operationHand-key for starting the dosing operationMouse for extremely sensitive titrationTouch screen foilLight protection window for light sensitive mediaSpanner for valveRound filter set with one-sided connection (5 pcs.)Discharge tube unit, flexible, spiral-shaped, FEP, 1.5mDischarge tube unit, flexible, spiral-shaped, FEP, 3mDischarge tube unit with Luer-Lock-connection, FEP/PFADischarge tube unitTitration discharge pointed, completely guided tubeThread adapter, from A 45 to A 32, PPThread adapter, from A 45 to A 38, PPThread adapter, from A 45 to S 40, PPThread adapter, from A 45 to A 32, ETFEThread adapter, from A 45 to A 38, ETFEThread adapter, from A 45 to S 40, ETFEDischarge valve, glass valve seat/glass valve ball, spring from HastelloySuction valve, glass valve seat/glass valve ball, spring from HastelloyRecirculation valve, glass valve seat/glass valve ball, spring from HastelloySuction tube FEP with screw 310mmSuction tube FEP with screw 400mmScrew coupled suction tube FEP 310mmScrew coupled suction tube FEP 400mmSuction tube FEP with screw 2mSuction tube FEP with screw 5mRecirculation tube, 2mRecirculation tube, 5m

LLG code

9.287 8809.287 820

6.265 2156.265 2169.287 7589.287 7569.287 8569.287 8559.287 8446.265 2177.940 2349.287 7539.283 9656.206 6259.287 7556.265 218

7.200 4089.287 7549.287 7839.287 7849.287 7859.287 7869.287 7879.287 7889.287 750

9.287 751

9.287 752

9.287 8519.287 8526.056 4306.239 2056.241 5516.265 2196.241 5526.265 220

suitable foropus®

xx

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

xopus® titration

xxxxxxx

x

x

xx

xxxx

ceramus®

x

xxxx

x

xxxxxxx

x

x

xx

xxxx

solarus®

x

xx

xxxxx

xxxxxxxxx

x

x

xx

xxxx

ceramus®

classic up to 10 ml

x

xx

ceramus®

classic 30 + 60 ml

x

x

x

x

x

xx

xxxx

Bottle holder for bottle-top dispenser ceramus® and digital burette solarus®

Suitable for all bottles up to diam. approx. 75mm to 120mm.

1

Hirschmann

Description PK Cat. No.

Bottle holder 1 9.287 820

1

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 100: 8. Liquid Handling

928

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Bottle-top dispensers, seripettor®/seripettor® proThe economy dispensers for routine dispensing

The seripettor® and seripettor® pro are innovative bottle-top dispensers with a special design. A lifting spring providesautomatic filling. When the piston seal is worn out, the entire dispensing unit can be exchanged by the user rapidly andeasily, without tools. Eliminating expensive repairs!

- low-cost replaceable dispensing cartridge with wiping seal. One spare dispensing cartridge included.- semi-automatic dispensing. The spring loaded piston refills the cylinder after dispensing.- volume setting. Toothed setting track allows quick and precise adjustment of desired volume.- disassembles without tools. All parts can be replaced quickly. The innovative design of seripettor®/seripettor® pro

makes cleaning and maintenance easy- fits most bottles

seripettor®

For dispensing alkaline, buffer and vitamin solutions, as well as culture media, e.g. agar nutrient medium, up to 60°C.

seripettor® proBroader scope of application compared to the seripettor®; for dispensing many acidic, alkaline and saline solutions, and solvents such as essential oils.

Items suppliedDischarge tube, filling tube, spare dispensing cartridge and adapters, PP (GL45/32 and GL45/S40).

1BRAND

Type Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)seripettor®

seripettor®

seripettor®

seripettor® proseripettor® proseripettor® pro

0.2 - 21 - 102.5 - 250.2 - 21 - 102.5 - 25

0.040.20.50.040.20.5

1.21.21.21.21.21.2

0.20.20.20.20.20.2

111111

9.284 8499.284 8509.284 8519.284 8549.284 8529.284 853

End test values relate to the nominal values (= max. volume) printed on the dispenser when the temperature (20°C) of the device, environment and distilledwater is uniform, and when operated smoothly.

1

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 101: 8. Liquid Handling

929

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Bottle-top dispensers Dispensette® S1BRAND

1

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® Analog SRed color code. Wide range of applications, ideal for dispensing aggressive reagents, e.g. concentrated bases and acids such as H3PO4, H2SO4 (except as HCl, HNO3 and HF),saline solutions and a variety of organic solvents.

2BRAND

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.1 - 10.1 - 10.2 - 20.2 - 20.5 - 50.5 - 51 - 101 - 102.5 - 252.5 - 255 - 505 - 5010 - 10010 - 100

0.020.020.050.050.100.100.200.200.500.501.001.001.001.00

0.60.60.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.5

0.20.20.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

withoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwith

11111111111111

9.284 3809.284 3819.284 4109.284 4119.284 4149.284 4159.284 4209.284 4219.284 4249.284 4259.284 4309.284 4319.284 4349.284 435

2

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® S FixRed color code (applications see Dispensette® S Analog). Further fixed volumes are available on request

3BRAND

Volume Graduations Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1122551010

--------

0.60.60.50.50.50.50.50.5

0.20.20.10.10.10.10.10.1

withoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwith

11111111

9.284 4409.284 4419.284 4449.284 4459.284 4509.284 4519.284 4549.284 455

3

The Dispensette® S bottle-top dispenser combines the proven Dispensette® technologywith new innovative features making liquid dosing easy and secure.- New discharge tube, with and without recirculation valve- New valve system - tight sealing without additional sealing rings- Fast venting through improved aerodynamics- Minimal force needed to operate - especially with high-volume devices- Secure volume fixing with analog slide- Rotatable screw cap closure - does not interfere with dosing- New 1 ml dispenser - available as digital and analog version- Autoclavable (121°C)- Easy to calibrate and adjust in order to comply with ISO 9001 and GLP guidelines- Easy to disassemble for cleaning- Removable filling and exhaust valve with safety bulb (closes when discharge tube is not mounted)- To allow the bottle label to face the user, the valve block can be rotated by 360°- Telescope filling tube easily adjusts to different bottle sizes- DE-M marking

Analog:Analog volume display, quickly adjustable dosing volume, securely fixed. Simple calibration adjustment with supplied tool.Fix:Fixed-volume for standard applications. Simple calibration adjustment with supplied tool.Digital:Especially easy to read digital display. The dispensing volume can be set accurately and reproducibly. Easy Calibrationtechnique for adjustment in seconds without tools. Automatic display if factory settings are changed.

Included items:Bottletop dispensers Dispensette® S, DE-M marked and supplied with performance certificate, telescope filling tube,recirculation valve (optional), mounting tool and adapters made of PP.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 102: 8. Liquid Handling

930

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® Digital SRed color code (applications see Dispensette® S Analog). Especially easy to read digital display.

1BRAND

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.1 - 10.1 - 10.2 - 20.2 - 20.5 - 50.5 - 51 - 101 - 102.5 - 252.5 - 255 - 505 - 50

0.0050.0050.010.010.020.020.050.050.100.100.200.20

0.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

withoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwith

111111111111

9.284 3829.284 3839.284 4609.284 4619.284 4649.284 4659.284 4709.284 4719.284 4749.284 4759.284 4809.284 481

1

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® Organic Analog SYellow color code. Ideal for dispensing organic solvents, e.g., chlorinated and fluorinatedhydrocarbons such as trichlorotrifluoroethane and methylene chloride, or concentratedacids such as HCl and HNO3 (not HF) as well as trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), tetrahydrofuran (THF) and peroxides.

2BRAND

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.5 - 50.5 - 51 - 101 - 102.5 - 252.5 - 255 - 505 - 5010 - 10010 - 100

0.10.10.20.20.50.51.01.01.01.0

0.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

withoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwith

1111111111

9.284 0789.284 0829.284 0799.284 0839.284 0809.284 0849.284 0819.284 0859.284 0869.284 087

2

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® Organic Fix SColor code yellow (applications see Dispensette® S Organic Analog). Further fixed volumes are available on request.

3BRAND

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)551010

----

0.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.1

withoutwithwithoutwith

1111

9.284 0889.284 0899.284 0929.284 093

3

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® Organic Digital SYellow color code (applications see Dispensette® S Organic Analog). Especially easy to read digital display

4BRAND

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)0.5 - 50.5 - 51 - 101 - 102.5 - 252.5 - 255 - 505 - 50

0.020.020.050.050.10.10.20.2

0.50.50.50.50.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

withoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwithwithoutwith

11111111

9.284 0709.284 0749.284 0719.284 0759.284 0729.284 0769.284 0739.284 077

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 103: 8. Liquid Handling

931

8. Liquid HandlingDispensing/Bottletop dispensers

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® S Trace Analysis AnalogDispensette® S Trace Analysis is ideal for precise volume dosing of high purity media fortrace analysis. Can be used as hydrofluoric acid dispenser with Pt/Ir valve.

Included items: Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® S TA, DE-M marked and supplied with performance certificate,telescope filling tube, recirculation valve (optional), mounting tool and bottle adapters GL 28/S 28 (ETFE), GL 32 (ETFE) and S40 (PTFE), operating manual.

1BRAND

Volume Grad. Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Valve spring

Recyclevalve

PK Cat. No.

ml ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)1 - 101 - 101 - 101 - 10

0.20.20.20.2

0.50.50.50.5

0.10.10.10.1

Pt / IrPt / IrTantalumTantalum

withoutwithwithoutwith

1111

4.007 9144.007 9154.007 9164.007 917

1

Dispenser/bottle-top flasks, amber soda-lime glassAmber soda-lime glass.With PP screw cap and LDPE pouring ring. Reservoir bottles.Space-saving, square design, except 2500ml reservoir which is cylindrical.

2BRAND

Capacity Neck thread Width Height PK Cat. No.ml GL mm mm10025050010002500*

3232324545

50658095

140

125160195230300

11111

9.284 5419.284 5429.284 5439.284 5449.284 545

* cylindrical design

2

More bottles - please see page 60

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 104: 8. Liquid Handling

932

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Burettes, with straight stopcock, DURAN®, class ASSchellbach line for easier reading, conformity certified, with dated batch identification,high-contrast blue graduations, main point ring graduation at major subdivisions, EX (TD) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 385. Scale length approx. 500mm.For those products batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.de. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

1

2

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550102550

0.020.050.10.020.050.10.020.050.1

0.020.030.050.020.030.050.020.030.05

Glass keyGlass keyGlass keyPTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE keyPTFE keyPTFE key

111111111

9.270 1619.270 1629.270 1639.270 1649.270 1659.270 1669.270 1679.270 1689.270 169

1 2

Burettes, with straight stopcock, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class ASBLAUBRAND®. DIN EN ISO 385. DE-M marking. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Length approx. 800mm.Ring graduations at major subdivisions. Marks and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. With batch number and one batch certificate per pack included. Also available with individual works, USP or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

3BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0.020.050.10.020.050.1

0.020.030.050.020.030.05

PTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE spindleGlass keyGlass keyGlass key

111111

9.270 1159.270 1169.270 1179.270 1189.270 1199.270 120

3

Burettes, with straight stopcock, borosilicate glass 3.3, class ASWith class AS, conformity certified, with batch identification,blue graduations, DIN EN 385.PTFE spindle.

4Isolab

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Description PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0.020.050.100.020.050.10

0.0200.0300.0500.0200.0300.050

with Schellbach linewith Schellbach linewith Schellbach linewithout Schellbach linewithout Schellbach linewithout Schellbach line

111111

4.008 3119.270 1009.270 1019.270 1029.270 1039.270 104

4

9.270 163 9.270 166

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 105: 8. Liquid Handling

933

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Burette with straight standard ground stopcock, DURAN®, class AS

The original DURAN® burettes are manufactured from chemically highly resistantborosilicate glass 3.3. Thanks to the precise scale, they are ideal for titration. Calibration is based on the released volume (”Ex“) at a + 20°C reference temperature. This means the fluid quantityreleased can be taken exactly from the scale, as the liquid adhesion to the glass is taken into account in the calibration.Volume content tolerances conform to DIN and ISO accuracy limits. From now on the approved DURAN® burettes arealso available with PTFE keys. Unlike the glass keys, the PTFE keys need not be greased, which makes work in thelaboratory easier.- Available in three sizes, the right burette for each application- Proven DURAN® properties- With Schellbach stripe and main graduations as circular divisions- Conforms to ISO 385- Autoclavable- Corresponds to USP/EP and JP guidelines

1

DURAN Group

1

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml mm102550100102550100

0.020.050.10.20.020.050.10.2

0.020.030.050.1

0.020.030.050.1

Glass keyGlass keyGlass keyGlass keyPTFE keyPTFE keyPTFE keyPTFE key

750750750750750750750750

11111111

7.022 0427.022 0437.022 0449.270 9259.270 9219.270 9229.270 9239.270 924

Burettes, with lateral stopcock, DURAN®, class ASWith Schellbach stripe. EX (TD) calibrated. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. High-contrast blue graduation for easier reading. Main point ring graduation,lateral stopcock with glass key or with PTFE-Spindle, DIN EN ISO 385. Scale length 500mm. For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed on www.hirschmannlab.com.Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

2

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0.020.050.10.020.050.1

0.020.030.050.020.030.05

Glass keyGlass keyGlass keyPTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE spindle

111111

9.270 1559.270 1569.270 1579.270 1589.270 1599.270 160

2

Burettes, with lateral stopcock, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class ASBLAUBRAND®. DIN EN ISO 385. Conformity certified. With batch number. Graduations and inscriptions inhighly contrasting blue enamel. With Schellbach stripe. Length approx. 800mm. Calibrated to deliver (EX).All BLAUBRAND® burettes are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per manufacturer's pack.Also available with individual works, USP or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

3BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0,020,050,10,020,050,1

0,020,030,050,020,030,05

PTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE spindleGlass keyGlass keyGlass key

111111

9.270 1449.270 1479.270 1489.270 1219.270 1229.270 125

3

9.270 157

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 106: 8. Liquid Handling

934

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Micro burettes with straight stopcock, Bang pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class AS

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking. Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Schellbach stripe. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE key in intermediate stopcock)or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock). All BLAUBRAND® burettes are delivered with batch numberand one batch certificate included per manufacturer's pack. Also available with individual works, USP or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

1

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml25102510

0.010.010.020.010.010.02

0.010.010.020.010.010.02

PTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE spindleGlass keyGlass keyGlass key

111111

7.018 3617.018 3627.018 3637.018 3587.018 3597.018 360

1

Micro burettes, Bang pattern, with lateral stopcock, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class AS

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking. Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Schellbach stripe. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE key in intermediate stopcock)or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock). Stand included.All BLAUBRAND® burettes are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per manufacturer's pack.Also available with individual works, USP or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire.The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

2

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock with PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml25102510

0.010.010.020.010.010.02

0.010.010.020.010.010.02

PTFE spindlePTFE spindlePTFE spindleGlass keyGlass keyGlass key

111111

9.271 2359.271 2377.018 3659.271 2259.271 2277.018 364

2

Automatic burettes, schilling pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3/PE-LD- Described as automatic burettes with fast titration and practical usage.- Especially suitable for field analysis where there is a risk of breaking.- The entire system consists of a burette tubing with automatic zeroing system together with a valve stopcock, a reservoir bottle and a bottle stand.

- Rapid filling by squeezing the bottle and fast titration by valve stopcock- Inscriptions and graduations are printed either with blue enamel or with white enamel which is specially designed for

glass use.- Clear burettes are manufactured with schellbach stripe.- Amber burettes are manufactured without schellbach stripe.- 10ml burette has a polyethylene reservoir bottle of 500ml volume whereas 25 and 50ml burettes are used with

bottles of 1000ml volume.

Isolab3

4.008 314

4

4.008 316

3

4

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Description PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0,050,100,100,050,100,10

0,0300,0500,0500,0300,0500,050

clear glass, schellbach, blue graduatedclear glass, schellbach, blue graduatedclear glass, schellbach, blue graduatedamber, without schellbach, white graduatedamber, without schellbach, white graduatedamber, without schellbach, white graduated

111111

4.008 3146.241 9044.008 3154.008 3164.008 3174.008 318

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 107: 8. Liquid Handling

935

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Automatic burettes acc. Dr. Schilling pattern, blue graduation, DURAN®

Fast flow burette with 500ml plastic reservoir bottle (up to 10ml) or 1000ml (up to 15ml). Schellbach stripe and graduation in high contrast blue enamel, scale length approx. 330mm.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Bottlesize

Scale length PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ml approx. mm510152550

0.050.050.10.10.1

0.030.0450.0450.0750.075

500500100010001000

330330330330550

11111

6.070 0097.510 4266.223 2567.510 4276.070 072

1

Automatic burettes, glass, Schilling pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3/PE-LD,class B

SILBERBRAND. Tolerances to class B, DIN EN ISO 385. Borosilicate glass 3.3 burette.PVC filling tube and silicone outlet tubing. PE-LD reservoir bottle with PE-HD base.Brass/PP micrometer screw. Graduations and inscriptions are in highly contrasting black enamel. With Schellbach stripes. Squeezing of bottle allows rapid filling. Fine titration is easy using the micrometer screw.Coarse titration is achieved by removal of the micrometer screw and using the push button. Calibrated to deliver (EX).

2

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Capacity Height PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ml mm10*15*25*50*25* **50**

0.050.10.10.10.10.1

0.050.080.080.1

0.100.1

500500

10001000100

1000

530510620830650900

111111

9.271 0539.271 0559.271 0569.271 0587.981 3606.239 724

* Narrower divisions**amber, borosilicate glass 5.4

2

Automatic burettes, Schilling pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3, PE-LD, class B

Made of borosilicate glass 3.3. Class B. Conformity with DIN ISO 384. With Schellbachstripes (blue/white) and easily readable, black scaling. Calibrated to deliver, EX.Automatic zeroing. The burette stopcock is made of high quality plastic. Its PTFE key turns easily and allows finetitration. Special protection against breakage if the apparatus gets knocked over: A small bumper has been attached tothe upper end of the upright measuring tube. This feature reduces the chance of breakage.Material: burette of borosilicate glass 3.3, PP filling tube, PMP/PTFE burette stopcock, PE-LD reservoir bottle.

Amber borosilicate burette made of glass 3.3. Class B, for light sensitive substances. Conformity with DIN ISO 384.With easily readable black scaling. Calibrated to deliver EX. Automatic zeroing. The stopcock of the burette is made ofhigh quality plastic. Its PTFE key turns easily and allows fine titration. A small bumper has been attached to the upperend of the upright measuring tube. This feature reduces the chance of breakage.Materials: burette of borosilicate glass 3.3, PP filling tube, PMP/PTFE burette stopcock, PE-LD reservoir bottle.

3

VITLAB

Burettecapacity

Grad. Tolerance Bottlecapacity

Height Burette PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml ml mm255025502550

0.050.100.050.100.050.10

0.050.100.050.100.050.10

100010001000100010001000

900900900900900900

with plastic coatingwith plastic coatingwithout plastic coatingwithout plastic coatingamber glassamber glass

111111

9.271 0829.271 0849.271 0859.271 0869.271 0879.271 088

3

6.070 072

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 108: 8. Liquid Handling

936

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Automatic burettes, borosilicate glass 3.3, class AS- Manufactured from pre-vacuum calibrated borosilicate glass. They meet the highestquality standards according to DIN EN ISO 385 and DIN 12700.

- Permanent quality control through all steps eliminates possible deviations from nominal values.- Calibrated to deliver (Ex) and the tolerances are according to DIN/ISO Class ”AS“ standards.- Conformity (”H“) certified, with a batch number printed on the body. Batch certificate can be downloaded from the

suppliers website.- Supplied with an automatic zeroing system, VALVE stopcock and also an intermediate PTFE stopcock to recirculate

the remaining liquid.- Clear burettes are manufactured with schellbach stripe.- Inscriptions and graduations are printed with special blue enamel. For amber burettes, white enamel is used to

maximise visibility and durability.

Glass bottle - Please order separately.

Isolab1

4.008 312

2

6.238 473

1

2

Capacity Graduations Tolerance Glass Description Graduations PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml

102550102550

0.020.050.100.020.050.10

0.0200.0300.0500.0200.0300.050

clearclearclearamberamberamber

schellbachschellbachschellbachwithout schellbachwithout schellbachwithout schellbach

blue graduatedblue graduatedblue graduatedwhite graduatedwhite graduatedwhite graduated

111111

4.008 3126.241 2166.237 6276.238 4736.242 4636.241 116

Automatic burettes acc. Pellet, without intermediate stopcock, class AS, DURAN®

Lateral PTFE-spindle without intermediate stopcock. Main point ring graduation.Schellbach stripe. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified. Graduation in high-contrast blue enamel, acc. to DIN EN ISO 385. Incl. 2L clear glass bottle. Scale length approx. 500mm.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

3

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml

102550

0.020.050.1

0.020.030.05

111

6.079 7187.630 4099.270 785

3

9.270 785

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class AS,without stopcock

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking. Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Schellbach stripe. With needle-valve stopcock with PTFE spindle. Automatic zeroing. Total height approx. 1 mincl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Incl. one batch certificate. Also available with individual works, USP or DAkkS(former DKD) calibration certificate, please enquire. The batch certificate is also available to download from themanufacturer's website.

4

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Description PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0.020.050.10.020.050.1

0.020.030.050.020.030.05

with bottlewith bottlewith bottlewithout bottlewithout bottlewithout bottle

111111

7.018 3377.018 3387.018 3397.055 4127.076 5937.082 062

4

Automatic burettes acc. Pellet, with stopcock, class AS, DURAN®

Lateral glass stopcock and intermediate stopcock. Scale length approx. 500mm. Main point ring graduation. Schellbach stripe. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified.Graduation in high-contrast blue enamel, acc. to DIN EN ISO 385. Incl. 2 l clear glass bottle.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) are available.

5

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550

0.020.050.1

0.020.030.05

111

6.079 1576.056 5806.079 156

5

6.079 156

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 109: 8. Liquid Handling

937

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Burettes-Titrators

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Automatic burettes acc, Pellet, with PTFE-spindle and intermediate stopcock,class AS, DURAN®

Lateral PTFE-spindle and intermediate stopcock. Scale length approx. 500mm. Main pointring graduation. Schellbach stripe. With dated batch identification. Conformity certified.Graduation in high-contrast blue enamel, acc. to DIN EN ISO 385. Incl. 2 l clear glass bottle.For those products, batch calibration reports, which are free of charge, can be generated and printed onwww.hirschmannlab.com. Additional single calibration reports or DAkkS certificates (former DKD calibration reports) areavailable.

1

Hirschmann

Capacity Grad. Tolerance PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml

102550

0.020.050.1

0.020.030.05

111

6.228 4246.228 4259.270 780

1

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3, Class AS, with stopcockBLAUBRAND®. Class AS, to DIN EN ISO 385. Boro 3.3. With intermediate stopcock.DE-M marking. With batch number. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. With Schellbach stripes. Intermediate stopcock allows residual reagent in the burette after titration to be recycled intothe reservoir. Automatic zero point setting. Calibrated to deliver (EX). Choice of models, either with needle-valvestopcock with PTFE spindle (intermediate stopcock with PTFE-key) or with NS glass stopcock (intermediate stopcockwith glass key).

Complete with 2 litre, soda-lime glass reservoir (160mm dia. x 200mm height, with 29/32 ground glass neck). Overall height with bottle approx. 1m. All BLAUBRAND® burettes are delivered with batch number and one batchcertificate included per pack. Also available with individual works, USP or DAkkS (former DKD) calibration certificate,please enquire. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

2BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Stopcock PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0.020.050.10.020.050.1

0.020.030.050.020.030.05

PTFEPTFEPTFEGlassGlassGlass

111111

9.270 7649.270 7679.270 7689.270 7349.270 7379.270 738

2

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, borosilicate glass 3.3, class B, without stopcock

SILBERBRAND, class B. Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX).Schellbach stripe. With needle-valve stopcock with PTFE spindle. Automatic zeroing. Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass).

3

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Description PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml102550102550

0.020.050.10.020.050.1

0.030.050.080.030.050.08

with bottlewith bottlewith bottlewithout bottlewithout bottlewithout bottle

111111

7.018 3267.018 3277.018 3287.300 3887.077 5247.076 570

3

9.270 780

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 110: 8. Liquid Handling

938

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Titrators

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, borosilicate glass 5.4 amber, class B,with stopcock

Amber borosilicate glass type 5.4.SILBERBRAND. With intermediate stopcock.25ml: Class B, Tolerance to DIN EN ISO 385.50ml: Class B, to DIN EN ISO 385.Automatic zero point setting. Graduations and inscriptions in white enamel. Intermediate stopcock for evacuation ofremaining liquid. Calibrated to deliver (EX). Choice of models, either with PTFE or glass key dispensing and intermediatestopcocks. With 2-litre soda-lime glass reservoir (160mm dia. x 200mm height, with 29/32 ground glass neck) asindicated. Overall height with bottle approx. 1m.

1

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Keys Description PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml25*5025*5025*5025*50

0.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

0.080.1

0.080.1

0.080.1

0.080.1

PTFEPTFEPTFEPTFEGlassGlassGlassGlass

with bottlewith bottlewithout bottlewithout bottlewith bottlewith bottlewithout bottlewithout bottle

11111111

9.270 5409.270 5427.200 7767.200 7759.270 5369.270 5386.201 4986.201 499

* Narrower divisions.

1

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, borosilicate glass 5.4 amber, class B,without stopcock

SILBERBRAND, amber glass. Borosilicate glass 5.4.25 ml: Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.Calibrated to deliver (TD, EX). Available with titration stopcock with PTFE key or glass key. Total height 25 ml approx. 0.7 m, total height 50 ml approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass) as indicated.

2

BRAND

Capacity Grad. Tolerance Keys Description PK Cat. No.

ml ml ± ml25*5025*5025*5025*50

0.10.10.10.10.10.10.10.1

0.080.100.080.100.080.100.080.10

PTFEPTFEPTFEPTFEGlassGlassGlassGlass

with bottlewith bottlewithout bottlewithout bottlewith bottlewith bottlewithout bottlewithout bottle

11111111

7.079 5116.072 8007.300 3907.300 3894.000 0276.203 3677.055 9097.082 063

* Narrower divisions.

2

Burette bottles, borosilicate glass 3.3Burette bottle for automatic burettes is made from heat resistant glass. Each bottle has a NS 29/32 neck grinding that fits to burette.

3

Capacity Diam. Height Colour PK Cat. No.ml mm mm1000100020002000

110110160160

200200200200

clearbrownclearbrown

1111

9.270 9059.270 9156.237 6286.238 474

3

6.237 628

Spare reservoir bottles, glassBoro 3.3. Available in clear glass or amber glassor soda-lime glass. Volume: 2000ml, diameter: 160mm, height: 200mm.

4BRAND

4

Material Capacity Diam. Height Colour PK Cat. No.ml mm mm

Boro 3.3Boro 3.3Soda-lime glassSoda-lime glass

2000200020002000

160160160160

200200200200

clearamberclearamber

1111

6.018 3466.018 3477.059 5417.400 768

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 111: 8. Liquid Handling

939

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Titrators

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Orsat blowballNatural rubber. Translucent.

1Deutsch & Neumann

Type PK Cat. No.

Orsat blowball 1 9.115 510

1

Hand bellowsSingle spray. Without net.Size 3.

2Deutsch & Neumann

Type PK Cat. No.

Hand bellows 1 9.270 995

2

Hand bellowsBurette bellows for automatic burettes is made out of best quality natural rubber.

3Isolab

Type PK Cat. No.

Burette bellow 1 6.237 629

3

Hand bellowsDouble spray. With net.Size 5.

4Deutsch & Neumann

Type PK Cat. No.

Hand bellows 1 9.270 990

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 112: 8. Liquid Handling

940

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Titrators

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Digital Burettes, VITLAB® continuousThe pulse-free, dispensing operation of the Continuous burettes makes titration safer athigh-level precision. The Continuous series can be used for titration agents up to aconcentration of 1 Mol/l. The patented dual pristons pump provides permanent and pulse-free the liquid requested.Refills are not necessary. The Continuous burette series undercuts the margins of error defined by DIN EN ISO 8655-3especially in partial volumes. All operation controls and the digital display have an ergonomic and functional design andare arranged clearly.- Pulse-free dispensing technique for continuous and quick titration- patented recirculation valve avoids reagent waste- Clear and precise display of titrated volume- Battery-operated, easily replaceable micro-batteries (1.5V)- Dispensing range from 0.010ml to 999.9ml- Dispensing volume per hand wheel revolution: 2.5ml (Continuous E), 5.0ml (Continuous RS)- Can be calibrated- Device can be rotated on the bottle 360°- Telescopic inlet tube extendible from 200 to 350mm- Adapters for drying tube and filter- Certificate of conformity according to DIN 12600Accuracy <±0.2%, Coefficient of variation <±0.1%Supplied with: Burette continuous, 3 PP adapter (GL 32, GL 38, S 40), 1 teleskopic suction tube, 1 teleskopic discharge tube, 2 micro batteries 1.5 V (LR 03/AAA), manual, quality certificate.

1 2VITLAB

Type Capacity Neck thread Capacity/U PK Cat. No.ml GL ml

ERS

2.55.0

4545

2.55.0

11

9.284 0209.284 021

1

2

Digital burettes, solarus®

A titration unit with a reagent recirculation system for manual titration directly from thereagent bottle. Power supplied by a solar cell. Available in three volumes (10 ml, 20 ml and 50 ml).Advanced energy concept, precision results - sets standards as the world's first digital burette with integrated solar cell.The power supply for the electronics and display is derived exclusively from an integrated solar cell. Batteries can becompletely dispensed with. Easily replaceable valves, individual calibration with "Quick-Cal" and permanent storage ofthe manufacturer's calibration facilitate rapid and flexible adaptation. The vivid digital display prevents meniscusreading errors and is always clearly legible, regardless of the viewing angle. The handwheels with soft touch surface areergonomically optimised for particularly precise control.- Power supplied by a solar cell- Free rotation- Media recirculating system for simple and rapid venting without reagent loss- Handwheels with soft touch surface- Clearly legible display, regardless of the viewing angle- A light protection window for the valve block is also included in the scope of delivery- Individual calibration of user-specified adaptations with "Quick-Cal"- Serial bidirectional interface (RS 232 and USB)Supplied with: solarus® with A 45 mm thread, 3 thread adapters ( A 32, A 38 and S 40), discharge tube, 1 suction tube with retainer screw, 1 spanner for valve, brown light protection window, with individual serial numberand single calibration report.

3

Hirschmann

Description Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

(≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)Capacity 10 mlCapacity 20 mlCapacity 50 mlInterface cable

0.30.20.2

0.10.10.1

1111

9.287 7799.287 7809.287 7819.287 756

3

Accessories and spare parts, Solarus®

Hirschmann

Description PK Cat. No.

Discharge unit titration with fine tipDischarge tube unit, flexible, spiral shaped, inner dia. 1.5mmDischarge unit titration, variable, complete with tube holder, approx. 400 mm, FEPAdapter with A 45 fillerThread adapter, silicone, A 45 compliant with NS 29/32 ground adapter

11111

9.287 8816.206 6259.287 8829.287 8839.287 884

9.287 779

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 113: 8. Liquid Handling

941

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Titrators

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Bottle top burette Titrette®

Titrette® - The next generation digital burette!With the Titrette® bottle-top burette, you can titrate quickly and reliably with highestprecision, even in close quarters, with no mains supply needed - in the lab, in production, or in the field!

- High accuracy- precise titration within the error limits of Class A for glass burettes- Smooth-running operation- for sensitive, drop-wise titration- Compact design- light and stable- Easy Handling- no switching between "fill" and "titrate"- Simple maintenance- cleaning and parts replacement right in the lab- Titrette® SH to determinate the acid content of milk and liquid dairy according to Soxhlet-Henkel (4°SH = 1ml)

Smooth operationThe large, easy-grip hand wheels are conveniently easy to turn. With the optimized gear ratio, you can fill the devicequickly and titrate drop-wise with great sensitivity.

Class? Like Class A!The Titrette® bottle-top burette has an innovative new measuring system which matches the Class A accuracy of glassburettes and, if needed, can offer the precision of 3 decimal places below 20ml. This is an important feature for userswho need to work within the Class A error limits as with glass burettes according to DIN EN ISO 385 (e.g., pharmaceutical work):

Lightweight and compact!All components only move within the housing, saving room on top. The compact design and the light-weight ensuregood stability. The titrating tube can be adjusted horizontally and vertically. This provides flexibility when positioning the instrument, e.g., when using a magnetic stirrer or different bottle sizes.

Items supplied: Titrette® bottle-top burette, DE-M marking, performance certificate, telescoping filling tube (170 to 330 mm), recirculation tube, 2 x 1.5V batteries (AAA/UM4/LR03), 3 x PP bottle adapters (GL45/32, GL 45/S40 and GL32/NS 29/32), 2 coloured light shield inspection windows, operating manual.

1BRAND

Volume Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

Interface PK Cat. No.

ml (≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)°SH (25)102550102550

0,070,100,070,060,100,070,06

0,0250,050,0250,020,050,0250,02

withoutwithoutwithoutwithoutincl.incl.incl.

1111111

4.007 9186.259 2099.271 3329.271 3339.271 3389.271 3349.271 335

1

Accessories for Titrette®

BRAND

Description PK Cat. No.

Valve head for Titrette® 10mlValve head for Titrette® 25mlValve head for Titrette® 50mlTelescopic filling tubes 170 to 330mmTelescopic filling tubes 250 to 480mmInspection windows, 2 x transparent and 2 x brownDosing cylinder with valve block for Titrette® 10mlDosing cylinder with valve block for Titrette® 25mlDosing cylinder with valve block for Titrette® 50mlTitrating cannula Titrette® 10ml with screw cap and integrated discharge/recirculation valveTitrating cannula Titrette® 25/50ml with screw cap and integrated discharge/recirculation valveFilling valve

111111111111

9.284 1614.000 3954.000 3969.284 5039.284 5044.000 3949.284 1626.261 4786.261 8039.284 1636.261 1199.284 482

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 114: 8. Liquid Handling

942

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Titrators

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Digital-burette, opus®

A titration unit with a reagent recirculation system for motor-powered titration directlyfrom the reagent bottle. Available in three volumes (10 ml, 20 ml and 50 ml).

Drop by drop towards precise analysis results - combines accuracy with time-saving and user-friendliness. Electronic control of titration enables theachievement of reproducible results and precisely defined dynamics each time. Time-saving rapid titration with subsequent fine titration enhances accuracy andefficiency. The titration impulse triggered by the motor enables the achievement of a droplet break-up with output volumes from 10 µl to 99.999 ml and deliversresolutions up to the third decimal place. The titration procedure is configured on the intuitive TFT touchscreen. The user is guided through menu functionswhich are easily legible and comprehensible. Nine different titration procedures with their complete settings can be saved in the method memory andreactivated at any time if required.

Overview of details- Electronic control and dispensing of volumes- A light protection window for the valve block is also included in the scope of delivery- Titration impulse triggered by the motor enables the achievement of a droplet break u p from 10 µl for precision determination- Media recirculating system for simple and rapid venting without reagent loss- Free rotation- TFT touchscreen with user-friendly menu- Method memory for nine different titration procedures with storage o f all settings- USB and RS232 interface for PC connection- Integration in automated procedures possible- Power supply 100-240V, with EU, UK, US plug

Supplied with: opus® titration complete with thread 45 mm, 3 adapters (A 32, A 38 and S 40), 1 screw coupled suction tube, 1 titration discharge unit and 1 power supply, 1 brown light protection window, touch screen module "titration", Data Power Cable 0.75 m, instruction manual, single calibration report.

1

Hirschmann

Description Accuracymax. vol.

Precisionmax. vol.

PK Cat. No.

(≤ ± R%) (≤ CV%)Volume 10 mlVolume 20 mlVolume 50 ml

0.60.60.6

0.20.20.2

111

9.287 8759.287 8709.287 871

1

9.287 875

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 115: 8. Liquid Handling

943

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Digital burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Motor-driven piston burette Titronic® 300

Motor-driven piston burette with 20 or 50ml dosing unit. For manual titrations andhighly precise dosing tasks. The TITRONIC® 300 can be completely controlled from a PCvia the USB- or RS-232-interface. Up to 16 burettes can be connected to one another via the RS232 interface accordingto the daisy chain principle.

Supplied with:T 300/20 M1: Basic unit without magnetic stirrer with ready to use assembled 20 ml dosing unit TZ 3130 with hoses,fittings and titration tip, controller TZ 3880, titration clamp Z 305, stand rod TZ 1748 and power supply 100-240 VT 300/50 M1: as T 300/20 M1, only with ready to use assembled 50 ml dosing unit TZ 3160T 300/20 M2: as T 300/20 M1, additionally with magnetic stirrer TM 50T 300/50 M2: as T 300/20 M2, only with ready to use assembled 50 ml dosing unit TZ 3160

1

SI Analytics

SpecificationsInterfaces: 1 x USB A and 1 x USB B

2 RS-232-CStirrer connection: TM 50 power supply directly through piston buretteKeyboard connection: The unit is operated using the keys on the device itself, the controller TZ 3880 and

optional PC-keyboard (USB)Display: graphics-capable TFT displayVolume indicator: 000.005 to 9999.999 mlDisplay resolution: 0.005Dosing speed: max. 100ml/min (with 50 ml unit)Fill time: 30secs. to 99secs. adjustable (time depends on cylinder volume)Dosing units: 20ml or 50ml dosing unit, interchangeableBurette resolution: 8000Dispensing accuracy: 0.15% system measurement deviation, 0.05% accidental measurement deviation

determined in accordance with EN ISO 8665, Part 3Supply requirements: 230V, 50/60HzConformity: ISO 8665, Part 6CE mark: EMC: 2004/108/EG; safety EG- Directive 2006/95

Type Buretteattachment

PK Cat. No.

mlT 300/20 M1T 300/50 M1T 300/20 M2T 300/50 M2

20502050

1111

9.863 1809.863 1819.863 1829.863 183

1

Accessories please see page 945.

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 116: 8. Liquid Handling

944

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Digital burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Motor-driven piston burette TITRONIC® 500Motor-driven piston burette with intelligent exchangeable doing units with automatic recognition of unit size and reagent data. Besides manual titration and highly precise dosing tasks the TITRONIC® 500 can also be used for the preparation of solutions by entering theweights. The connection of an analytical balance allows the easy automatisation of the solution preparation. The TITRONIC® 500 can completely controlled froma PC via the USB- or RS-232-interface. Up to 16 burettes can be connected to one another via the RS232 interface according to the daisy chain principle.

T 500: TITRONIC® 500 basic unit without magnetic stirrer, with stand rod TZ 1510, titration clamp Z 305, controller TZ 3880, power supply 100-240.V

T 500-M1: TITRONIC® 500 basic unit with magnetic stirrer TM 235, with stand rod TZ 1510, titration clamp Z 305, controller TZ 3880, power supply 100-240V

T 500-M2/20: TITRONIC® 500 basic unit with magnetic stirrer TM 235 and exchangeable unit WA 20, with stand rod TZ 1510, titration clamp Z 305, controller TZ 3880, power supply 100-240V

1SI Analytics

Technical specificationInterfaces: 3x USB (2x USB A and 1x USB B), 2x RS-232-CStirrer connection: TM 235 or alternative paddle stirrerKeyboard: The unit is operated using the keys on the device itself., the controller TZ 3880 and

optional PC-keyboard (USB)Display: graphics-capable 3.5" TFT displayVolume display: 00.00 to 999.9mlDisplay resolution: 0.001ml (depending on exchangeable unit)Dosing speed: max. 100ml/min (with 50ml unit)Filling speed: min. 20 to 999 sec adjustable (time according to the cylinder volume)Exchangeable units: 5, 10, 20ml or 50ml exchangeable units with reagent recognitionBurette resolution: 10000Dosing accuracy: systematic error 0.15%, random error 0.05% in compliance with EN ISO 8655-6Netzanschluss: 100-240V; 50/60HzConformity: ISO 8655, part 6CE-mark: EMC: 2004/108/EG; safety EG- Directive 2006/95

Type Description PK Cat. No.

T 500T 500-M1T 500-M2/20

Basic unitWith magnetic stirrerWith magnetic stirrer and 20ml exchangeable unit

111

9.863 2109.863 2119.863 212

1

Accessories - please see page 946.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 117: 8. Liquid Handling

945

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Digital burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Automatic Titrators TitroLine® 5000Very compact new titrator for simple routine titrations. Thanks to the standard methodsthe creating of methods is no longer required. Just load the method and press the startbutton. GLP compliant results with titration curve can be documented on a connected printer or USB-memory stick.

- Following titration modes are possible:- Titrations to pH, mV and µA endpoint (2 EP)- Titrations to one equivalence point (pH und mV) with dynamic or linear titration addition- Manual titrations with the controller- Dosing tasks- Number of methods: 5

Typical applications for the TitroLine® 5000 are:- Salt content in foodstuffs (cheese, soy sauce, ketchup)- Total acidity in wine and beverages- Nitrogen according to Kjeldahl- Chloride in drinking water and other samples- Alkalinity (p + m-value)- FOS/TAC

Supplied with:TL 5000/20 M1: Basic unit without electrode, with ready to use assembled 20 ml dosing unit TZ 3130 with hoses,fittings and titration tip, controller TZ 3880, titration clamp Z 305, stand rod TZ 1748 magnetic stirrer TM 50 and powersupply 100-240 VTL 5000/50 M1: as TL 5000/20 M1, only with ready to use assembled 50 ml dosing unit TZ 3160TL 5000/20 M2: as TL 5000/20 M1, additionally with pH combination electrode and buffer setTL 5000/50 M2: as TL 5000/20 M2, only with ready to use assembled 50 ml dosing unit TZ 3160TL 5000/20 M3: as TL 5000/20 M1 additionally with Ag electrode and electrode cable

1SI Analytics

SpecificationsMeasuring input electrode pH/mV-input with DIN or BNC socketMeasuring input Pt 1000: Temperature sensor connection for resistance probes Pt 1000 (socket: 2 x 4 mm)Interfaces: 1 x USB A und 1 x USB-B

2 x RS-232-CStirrer connection: TM 50 power supply directly through piston buretteKeyboard: The unit is operated using the keys on the device itself, the controller TZ 3880 and

optional PC-keyboard (USB)Display: graphics-capable TFT displayDosing units: 20 ml or 50 ml dosing unit, interchangeableBurette resolution: 8000Dosing accuracy: systematic error 0.15 %, random error 0.05 % in compliance with EN ISO 8655-6Supply requirements: 230V, 50/60HzConformity: ISO 8655, part 6CE-mark: EMC: 2004/108/EG; safety EG- Directive 2006/95

Type PK Cat. No.

TL 5000/20 M1TL 5000/50 M1TL 5000/20 M2TL 5000/50 M2TL 5000/50 M3

11111

9.863 1849.863 1859.863 1869.863 1879.863 191

1

Accessories for Titronic® 300 and TitroLine® 5000SI Analytics

Type Description PK Cat. No.

TM 50TZ 3835TZ 3830TZ3803

Magnetic stirrerUSB keyboardUSB-HUBReagent bottle brown, 1 Litre

1111

9.863 1889.863 1599.863 1899.863 190

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 118: 8. Liquid Handling

946

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Digital burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Automatic Titrators, TitroLine® 6000/TitroLine® 7000Compact new titrators with intelligent exchangeable units with automatic recognition ofunit size and reagent data. Thanks to the modern USB- and additional RS232 interfaces,connection of printer, balance and further accessories are possible at the same time. The brilliant, very high-contrast TFT-display allows the easy parameterisation and tracking of the titration curve.

Supplied with:TL 6000/7000-M1/10: basic unit with magnetic stirrer TM 235 and 10ml exchangeable unit WA 10, incl. amber glass bottle for titration reagent, GL 45 and S 40-bottle adapter, tubes, drip off tube and titration tip.

TL 6000/7000-M1/20: basic unit with magnetic stirrer TM 235 and 20ml exchangeable unit WA 20, incl. amber glass bottle for titration reagent, GL 45 and S 40-bottle adapter, tubes, drip off tube and titration tip.

TL 6000/7000-M1/50: basic unit with magnetic stirrer TM 235 and 50ml exchangeable unit WA 50, incl. amber glass bottle for titration reagent, GL 45 and S 40-bottle adapter, tubes, drip off tube and titration tip.

TL 6000/7000-M2/20: basic unit with magnetic stirrer TM 235 and 20ml exchangeable unit WA 20, incl. amber glass bottle for titration reagent, GL 45 and S 40-bottle adapter, tubes, drip off tube and titration tip. With pH-combination electrode IL-pHT-A120MF-DIN-N and buffer set.

1SI Analytics

Technical specificationMeasuring input pH/mV: pH/mV-input with DIN or BNC socket, TitroLine® 7000 additionally with ID

function for automatic detection of electrodeMeasuring input Dead Stop: µA-input for double platinum electrode (socket 2 x 4mm), pole voltage adjustableTemperature: for resistance probes Pt 1000 (socket: 2 x 4mm)Interfaces: 3x USB (2x USB-A und 1x USB-B), 2x RS-232-CStirrer connection: TM 235 or alternative paddle stirrerKeyboard: The unit is operated using the keys on the device itself., the controller TZ 3880

and optional PC-keyboard (USB)Display: graphics-capable 3.5" TFT displayExchangeable units: 5, 10, 20ml or 50ml exchangeable units with reagent recognitionBurette resolution: 10000Dosing accuracy: systematic error 0.15%, random error 0.05% in compliance with EN ISO 8655-6Supply requirements: 100-240V; 50/60HzConformity: ISO 8655, part 6CE-mark: EMC: 2004/108/EG; safety EG- Directive 2006/95

Type Description PK Cat. No.

TL 6000-M1/10TL 6000-M1/20TL 6000-M1/50TL 6000-M2/20TL 7000-M1/10TL 7000-M1/20TL 7000-M1/50TL 7000-M2/20

With 10ml exchangeable unitWith 20ml exchangeable unitWith 50ml exchangeable unitWith 20ml exchangeable unit and pH ElectrodeWith 10ml exchangeable unitWith 20ml exchangeable unitWith 50ml exchangeable unitWith 20ml exchangeable unit and pH Electrode

11111111

9.863 1509.863 1519.863 1529.863 1539.863 1609.863 1619.863 1629.863 163

1

Accessories for TITRONIC® 500, TitroLine® 6000 and TitroLine® 7000SI Analytics

Type Description PK Cat. No.

TM 235WA 05WA 10WA 20WA 50TZ 3835

Magnetic stirrer5ml exchangeable unit, complete10ml exchangeable unit, complete20ml exchangeable unit, complete50ml exchangeable unit, completeUSB keyboard

111111

9.863 1549.863 1559.863 1569.863 1579.863 1589.863 159

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 119: 8. Liquid Handling

947

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Digital burettes

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

KF Titrators TitroLine 7500® KF/TitroLine 7500® KF traceYou can´t go wrong with the new TitroLine® KF titrators from SI-Analytics. TheTitroLine® 7500 KF is the volumetric generalist for a wide range of use and theTitroLine® 7500 KF trace is the specialist for low water contents. Both new titrators are to be characterized by following features:- Fast, easy and precise- With standard methods for different applications (titer determination, blank value…)- High visible full color display, that can be easily viewed from a distance and extreme angles- Storage of results via USB port (PDF and CSV -format)- with online curve- With intelligent interchangeable modules (only TitroLine® 7500 KF)

Applications TitroLine 7500® KF: KF volumetry, dead-stop-titrations (SO2, bromine number)Applications TitroLine 7500® KF trace: KF coulometry, bromine number

Volumetric KF-Titrators supplied with:TL 7500 KF 05: titrator unit, interchangeable module WA 05, TM 235 KF titration stand with integrated stirrer and pump, titration vessel TZ 1770, micro-dual platinum electrode KF 1100 and starter kit, power supply 100-240 VTL 7500 KF 10: titrator unit, interchangeable module WA 10, TM 235 KF titration stand with integrated stirrer and pump, titration vessel TZ 1770, micro-dual platinum electrode KF 1100 and starter kit, power supply 100-240 VTL 7500 KF 20: titrator unit, interchangeable module WA 20, TM 235 KF titration stand with integrated stirrer and pump, titration vessel TZ 1770, micro-dual platinum electrode KF 1100 and starter kit, power supply 100-240 V

Coulometric KF-titrators supplied with:TL 7500 KF trace M1: titrator unit, generator electrode TZ 1752 without diaphragm, magnetic stirrer TM 235, titration vessel TZ 1751, micro-dual platinum electrode KF 1150TL 7500 KF trace M2: titrator unit, generator electrode TZ 1752 without diaphragm, TM 235 KF titration stand with integrated stirrer and pump, titration vessel TZ 1754, micro-dual platinum electrode KF 1150TL 7500 KF trace M3: titrator unit, generator electrode TZ 1753 with diaphragm, magnetic stirrer TM 235, titration vessel TZ 1751, microdual platinum electrode KF 1150TL 7500 KF trace M4: titrator unit, generator electrode TZ 1753 with diaphragm, TM 235 KF titration stand with integrated stirrer and pump, titration vessel TZ 1754, micro-dual platinum electrode KF 1150

1

2

SI Analytics

SpecificationsMeasuring range TitroLine 7500® KF: 10ppm - 100%Dosing accuracy: <0.15%Measuring range TitroLine 7500® KF trace: 1ppm - 5% (10µg to 100mg)Accuracy: 0.3% at 1mg waterNumber of user methods: 50Printer: HP PCL, Seiko DPU S 445, PDFInterface: 2 x USB-A, 1 x USB-B, 2 x RS232PC Software: TitriSoft 3.1

Type PK Cat. No.

TL 7500 KF 05TL 7500 KF 10TL 7500 KF 20TL 7500 KF trace M1TL 7500 KF trace M2TL 7500 KF trace M3TL 7500 KF trace M4

1111111

9.863 1706.255 5829.863 1719.863 1729.863 1739.863 1749.863 175

1 2

6.255 582 9.863 172

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 120: 8. Liquid Handling

948

8. Liquid HandlingTitration/Digital burettes-Pumps/Drum pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Titrators TitroLine 7750®

Titroline® 7750 is the all-rounder for both potentiometric titration and volumetric KF titration. The TitroLine® 7750 combines the features of the potentiometric titratorTitroLine® 7000 and the volumetric Karl Fischer titrator TitroLine® 7500.

The new TitroLine® 7750 is characterized as follows:- Highly visible full color display, that can be easily viewed from a distance and extreme angles- With new interchangeable modules which all relevant reagent and unit data can be stored- Thanks to the 2 x USB-host, 1 x USB-PC and 2 x RS232 ports, very communicable. Connect for example, USB

keyboard, USB printer, barcode reader, USB flash drives, balances, PC und further SI Analytics devices such as pistonburettes and sample changers

- Storage of results via USB port (PDF and CSV -format) including method transfer- With standard methods for potentiometric and KF titration

Supplied with:TL 7750: Basic unit without magnetic stirrer, with stand rod TZ 1510, titration clamp Z 305, keyboard TZ 3835 andpower supply 100-240 VTL 7750-M1: as TL 7750, additionally with magnetic stirrer TM 235TL 7750-TitriSoft: as TL 7750-M1, additionally with TitriSoft 3.0 (TZ 3071)TL 7750 KF 05: Titrator unit, exchange unit WA 05, TM 235 KF titration stand with integrated stirrer and pump,titration vessel TZ 1770, micro double platinum electrode KF 1100 and starter kit, power supply 100-240 VTL 7750 KF 10: as TL 7750 KF 05, only with exchange unit WA 10TL 7750 KF 20: as TL 7750 KF 05, only with exchange unit WA 20

1SI Analytics

Type PK Cat. No.

TL 7750TL 7750-M1TL 7750-TitriSoftTL7750 KF 05TL7750 KF 10TL7750 KF 20

111111

9.863 1766.258 2359.863 1779.863 1787.981 3819.863 179

1

Titrators TitroLine® 7800The TitroLine® 7800 is the new all-rounder for potentiometric titration with an additionaldigital measuring input. That enable for example the connection and use of pH andconductivity sensors at the same time. An additional external conductometer is not required anymore. The TitroLine® 7800 can also be used as volumetric KF titrator.

The TitroLine® 7800 is to be characterized by following features:- High visible full color display, that can be easily viewed from a distance and extreme angles- With intelligent interchangeable modules and storage of all relevant reagent data- Includes two USB-A, one USB-B, two RS-232 and one LAN port for expansion and connection of devices such as

keyboard, printer, barcode reader, memory sticks, balances, PC an further SI Analytics devices- Storage of results via USB port (PDF and CSV -format) including method transfer- With one analogue and one digital measuring input. The digital input allows the connection of digital (IDS) pH and

conductivity sensors.- With standard methods for potentiometric and KF titration

Supplied with: Basic unit with or without magnetic stirrer, with stand rod TZ 1510, titration clamp Z 305, keyboard TZ 3835 and power supply 100-240 V

2SI Analytics

Type PK Cat. No.

TL 7800 (without magnetic stirrer)TL 7800-M1 (with magnetic stirrer)

11

9.863 1689.863 169

2

Drum pump Pump-it®

For rapid and clean emptying from cans, drums and small barrels up to 60L.- Precise dosing, without dripping- for liquids up to a viscosity of 1500 cPs at 20°C- Pump connection suitable for 64mm dia. (BSI) container threads- stepless length adjustment of immersion tube- Threaded adapters for most commercially-sold containers available- Not suitable for HCl

3Bürkle

Material Immersiondepth

Flowrate

PK Cat. No.

mm L / min.PP/FKM 1000 8 1 9.001 110

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 121: 8. Liquid Handling

949

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Drum pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Adapter set for Pump-it® drum pumpConsisting of:- 2" Coarse thread, Mauser L ring, green- 2" coarse thread, Leer/Tri-Sure®, brown- 2" Fine thread steel drum, blue- DIN 60, Mauser-barrel, black- DIN 51, black (image in centre)

1Bürkle

Type PK Cat. No.

Adapter set for Pump-it can pump 1 9.001 111

1

Hand pumps OtalFor jerry cans and ballons up to 60l capacity. Universal bungs for container openings of30 to 70mm diameter.PP: weak acids, caustic solutions and detergentsPVDF: chlorine bleaching, not for strongly oxidizing acids and caustic solutionsStainless steel: solvents and liquids of VbF Hazard Class AIII (not easily flammable)

2Bürkle

Material Diam. Flowrate

Immersiondepth

PK Cat. No.

mm L / min. mmPP*PPPPPPPVDFStainless steel tubingPP / PVC dispensing tube

10121518161812

4142026202612

450700700700700900700

1111111

9.001 2109.001 1129.001 1159.001 1189.001 1359.001 1379.001 138

*Miniature pump for container openings 20 to 36mm.

2

Foot pumps OtalFor jerry cans and ballons up to 120l capacity. Universal bungs for container openings of30 to 70mm diameter.PP: weak acids, caustic solutions and detergentsPVDF: chlorine bleaching, not for strongly oxidizing acids and caustic solutionsStainless steel: solvents and liquids of VbF Hazard Class AIII (not easily flammable)

3Bürkle

Material Diam. Flowrate

Immersiondepth

PK Cat. No.

mm L / min. mmPPPPPPPVDFStainless steel tubingPP / PVC dispensing tube

151822161812

202630202612

700700900700900700

111111

9.001 0159.001 0189.001 0229.001 1309.001 1329.001 133

3

SiphonsTransparent with stopcock. Simple to use, suitable for occasional dispensing ofnon-aggressive liquids from a higher drum to a lower vessel, following the siphoningprinciple.

4Bürkle

Material Immersiondepth

Diam. Flowrate

PK Cat. No.

mm mm L / min.LDPE/PVC 1000 15 9 1 9.001 355

4

Barrel pumps, stainless steelStainless steel V2A and PTFE.For safe dispensing of liquids with a low flash point. Electrostatic charge can be dissipated through accessories antistatic set and drum screwthread connection. Not suitable for acetone.

5Bürkle

Immersiondepth

Diam. Description PK Cat. No.

mm mm570910570910360360

323232323232

rigid dispensing tuberigid dispensing tubeflexible tubing with stopcockflexible tubing with stopcockRemovable discharge tubeflexible tubing with stopcock

111111

9.001 3409.001 3419.001 3629.001 3636.083 4636.802 513

5

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 122: 8. Liquid Handling

950

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Drum pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Barrel pumps, screw jointsBarrel screw joints for stainless steel drum pumps.Constructed in nickel-plated brass. For containers with R2", internal steel barrel thread.

12

Bürkle

Description PK Cat. No.

Barrel screw joint 2"Barrel screw joint, gas-tight 2", hermetic sealing

11

9.001 3456.090 497

1 2

Barrel pumps, PP- For decanting acids, caustic solutions and aggressive detergents- Excellent recovery of residual liquid in the barrel provided by base-sitting, non-returnvalve and steplessly adjustable immersion tube

- For barrels and tanks from 60 to 1000l.

Type A: With rigid, angled, dispensing nozzle.Type B: With flexible, PVC dispensing hose and stopcock.

3 4Bürkle

Immersion tube dia.: 32mmMax. pump capacity: up to approx. 12 L/min.

Type Immersiondepth

Length PK Cat. No.

mm mmABABABABABAB

500500650650800800

100010001250125015001500

600600740740900900

109010901340134015901590

111111111111

9.001 3569.001 3669.001 3579.001 3679.001 3589.001 3689.001 3599.001 3699.001 3649.001 3709.001 3659.001 371

3

4

Barrel pump, PTFEFor ultrapure and aggressive liquids.Made from solid, pure white PTFE, giving an excellent chemical resistance to all media(with the exception of elemental fluorine). With shut-off valve to reliably prevent the escape of harmful or hazardousliquids and unwanted drips.Electrostatic charge can be dissipated through the accessory antistatic set and drum screwthread connection.

5Bürkle

Tube diam.

Immersiondepth

Flowrate Description PK Cat. No.

mm mm ml / pass32.032.032.032.0

600950600950

270400270400

with discharge tubewith discharge tubewith discharge hosewith discharge hose

1111

9.001 2606.801 5157.639 6136.255 584

5

Screwthread connections for PP and PTFE drum pumps

6789

Bürkle

Type Material PK Cat. No.

R2", internal steel barrel threadDrum stoppers for 40 to 70 mmMauser 2", internal coarse screwthreadTri-Sure®, internal coarse screwthreadDrum screwthread connection 2", counternut

PPPVCPPPPPP

11111

9.001 3359.001 3369.001 3379.001 3389.001 347

6 7

8 9

6.090 4979.001 345

9.001 335 9.001 336

9.001 337 9.001 338

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 123: 8. Liquid Handling

951

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Drum pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Mini solvent pumpThe self-closing discharge (with auto-stop function) of the Mini solvent pump ensuresabsolutely precise filling with no dripping at all. Dosing is even easy in very smallcontainers such as test tubes, which present no problems. A hose can optionally be fastened onto the discharge spout(internal Ø 6 mm), thus making it possible to fill the container from a greater distance.

The Mini solvent pump is especially compact and very well balanced, which makes it possible to fill without tipping, even from very small containers.

Thanks to its sturdy design and high-quality materials, the Mini solvent pump consistently ensures neat and reliablefilling throughout its long service life, easily and conveniently.

- Ideal for 1-5 l containers- Connecting thread GL 45- Parts in contact with medium made of PTFE and stainless steel (1.4301, 1.4404)- PTFE hose (6 x 8 mm) 0.4 m- Including grounding cable 2 m- Adapters available as accessories for S 40, GL 38 and GL 32

1

2Bürkle

Description Flowrate

PK Cat. No.

l / min.Mini solvent pump, GL 45Adapter, PTFE for S 40Adapter, ETFE for GL 38Adapter, ETFE for GL 32

1.8 1111

9.001 3519.001 3529.001 3539.001 354

1

2

Solvent pump hand operated- For contamination-free, dispensing of organic solvents and flavouring agents.- Suitable for all commercially available, stainless steel drums up to 60L with R2" fine thread necks, hand pump for tinplate canisters incl. adapter for pull-out spouts (immersion depth 600mm - fully adjustable).

- Gas-tight pump can be completely shut-off using two ball valves.- Medium-contacting parts are made of stainless steel with PTFE-seals.- Supplied with gas tight, R2" steel barrel internal thread connection.- Electrostatic charge can be dissipated through the accessory antistatic set (please order separately).

3 4Bürkle

Description Immersiondepth

PK Cat. No.

mmHand pumpHand pump for tinplate canisters

600600

11

9.001 3496.237 176

3

4

Solvent pump foot operated- for barrels up to 220L (fully adjustable)- for dispensing ultrapure solvents- solvent-wetted materials: Stainless steel and PTFE- rigid angled tube or flexible tubing with stainless steel/PTFE stopcock- electrostatic charge can be dissipated through the accessory antistatic set (please order separately)- supplied with gas tight, R2" steel barrel internal thread connection

5Bürkle

Description Immersiondepth

Flowrate

PK Cat. No.

mm L / min.Foot pump with rigid angled tubeFoot pump with flexible tubing

950950

3030

11

9.001 1346.236 800

5

Anti-static setWhen dispensing combustible/explosive liquids pump, both dispensing and filling druminvolved in the process must be sufficiently earthed, in order to prevent ignition orexplosion through electrostatic discharges. Antistatic set, includes three colour-coded connecting cables with clamps,supplied complete in plastic case.

6Bürkle

Type PK Cat. No.

Antistatic set 1 9.001 346

6

9.001 351

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 124: 8. Liquid Handling

952

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Drum pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Barrel pumps AccuOne and EnergyOneBürkle barrel pumps AccuOne and EnergyOne with the unique hybrid system ensure fast,flexible and convenient filling, whenever and wherever you want. The pumps are equippedwith two different power supply systems:AccuOne, driven by a high-performance rechargeable battery or EnergyOne, with a power cable for direct connection tomains electricity. Innovative new feature: The power supply units are interchangeable! The rechargeable battery or thepower supply unit are fitted with a clip lock and are removable. They can be exchanged quickly and easily. Thus AccuOnecan also be operated with the power supply cable unit and EnergyOne can be operated with the rechargeable battery.With a replacement rechargeable battery as an accessory, you never have to wait for charging. The drive can also bedisconnected quickly and easily from the pump station with a clip lock. This makes it possible to use one drive for filling atseveral stationary pump stations. AccuOne and EnergyOne are designed for applications in which even very smallamounts of liquid can be added to small containers with narrow openings. The TouchPanel is sealed against dust, dirt andwater. By a foil Keyboard it can be used to regulate the flow rate continuously and precisely from 0.4l/min to 12 l/min. In addition to the discharge tube, a flexible discharge hose (1.2m) with nozzle (PVC, PP, V2A, FKM) is available as anoption. The light and powerful pumps are made of high-quality materials, PP, PVDF and Hastelloy C, to ensure outstandingchemical resistance. This also makes them suitable for dispensing acids and bases. Please make note of detailedinformation related to chemical resistance!

1 2 3Bürkle

AccuOneMaximum pumping capacity 12l/min.Weight 750gDischarge connection ¾"Rechargeable battery capacity up to 600lBattery type Li-IonVoltage 14.4VElectrical charge 1.5AhParts in contact with media:Shaft Hastelloy CPump station PPSeals PTFE

EnergyOneMaximum pumping capacity 12l/min.Weight 580gDischarge connection ¾"Power supply via 230 V power supply unit,international plug adapter included with delivery.Parts in contact with media:Shaft Hastelloy CPump station PPSeals PTFE

1

2

3

Description PK Cat. No.

AccuOne with rechargeable battery, rigid discharge tube and charger, immersion pipe length 500mmAccuOne with rechargeable battery, rigid discharge tube and charger, immersion pipe length 700mmAccuOne with rechargeable battery, rigid discharge tube and charger, immersion pipe length 1000mmEnergyOne with power supply unit and rigid discharge tube, immersion pipe length 500mmEnergyOne with power supply unit and rigid discharge tube, immersion pipe length 700mmEnergyOne with power supply unit and rigid discharge tube, immersion pipe length 1000mm

111111

9.001 4209.001 4219.001 4229.001 4239.001 4249.001 425

Accessories for AccuOne and EnergyOne4Bürkle

Description PK Cat. No.

Rechargeable battery without chargerChargerPower supply unit incl. connectorDrive without rechargeable battery, power supply unit and pump stationDischarge tubeDischarge hose 1.2m with nozzlePump station with immersion pipe length 500mmPump station with immersion pipe length 700mmPump station with immersion pipe length 1000mmBarrel screw connection, PP for R2" steel barrel internal threadDrum screwthread connection 2", counternutBarrel plug, PVC for openings from 40 to 70mm diameterBarrel screw connection, PP for Mauser 2", coarse internal threadBarrel screw connection, PP for Tri-Sure®, coarse internal thread

11111111111111

9.001 4269.001 4279.001 4289.001 4299.001 4309.001 4319.001 4329.001 4339.001 4349.001 3359.001 3479.001 3369.001 3379.001 338

4

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 125: 8. Liquid Handling

953

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Drum pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Drum pumps GLP 25GLP 25 is your ideal helper for clean and safe liquid transfer from small containers anddrums up to 220litres. Various media such as undiluted acids and bases, dies, emulsions, dispersionsand low-viscosity liquids can be measured out without any problems. Wetted materials are PP, stainless steel andViton®. The pump is therefore additionally media resistant against aggressive liquids. Driveshaft made from stainlesssteel. Delivery rates from 1 to 20 l/min adjustable. Pump Set supplied with: motor, pump unit, PP, ¾" dia. inlet tubing(length 500, 700 or 1000mm), PP discharge tubing, 250mm long and adapter for drum necks of 40 to 58mm.

1Grün-Pumpen

Description Length PK Cat. No.mm

Pump setPump setPump set

5007001000

111

9.001 4109.001 4119.001 412

1

Accessories for drum pumps GLP 252 3Grün-Pumpen

Description PK Cat. No.

Motor for all pump unitsPump unit with inlet tubing length 500mm, incl. discharge tubePump unit with inlet tubing length 700mm, incl. discharge tubePump unit with inlet tubing length 1000mm, incl. discharge tubeDischarge tube PP, length 25cmAdapter PP, diam. 65 to 70mmNozzle PP, reinforced PVC outlet tubing 1.5m, DN19

1111111

9.001 4009.001 4019.001 4029.001 4039.001 4049.001 4059.001 406

2 3

Drum pumps, mains-poweredLightweight and powerful pump for transferring small amounts of aqueous liquids up to300 mPas from cans and drums with infinitely variable speed controller.- Motor 230V, 200W (IP 24)- Seal less pump tube- Suitable accessory flow meter required- Pump with tubing connection

Two options:- Polypropylene version for acids and alkalis- Stainless steel version for low-viscosity lubricants

Available as a set (9.880 310-9.880 315) with 1.5m PVC tubing, nozzle in polypropylene, wall bracket

4Lutz Pumpen GmbH

4

Type Material Immersiondepth

Flowrate

Immersiontube diam.

Deliveryhead

PK Cat. No.

mm l / min. mm mWS

PumpPumpPumpPumpPumpPumpPump setPump setPump setPump setPump setPump set

PPPPPPstainless steelstainless steelstainless steelPPPPPPstainless steelstainless steelstainless steel

500700

1000500700

1000500700

1000500700

1000

757575686868757575686868

323232282828323232282828

7.07.07.06.56.56.57.07.07.06.56.56.5

111111111111

9.880 3009.880 3019.880 3029.880 3039.880 3049.880 3059.880 3109.880 3119.880 3129.880 3139.880 3149.880 315

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 126: 8. Liquid Handling

954

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Drum pumps-Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Horizontal centrifugal pumps, magnetically coupledThese new magnetic drive pumps are designed for pumping acids, bases, mixtures ofacids and bases, solvents, photochemicals into alkali stripping baths, galvanic baths, aswell as radioactive, sterile, expensive or highly corrosive liquids. The pumps are sealless. The impeller is driven by themagnetic force of the outer magnets, therefore no mechanical seal is required. As the pump housing is hermeticallysealed no leaks can occur. The use of high performance,permanent magnets, ensures high transmission forces even at elevated temperatures.- viscosity up to 20 mPas- pump complete with flanged-to motor

Magnetic drive pump 15 Watt: Motor 230V, material PP (fibre-glass reinforced), stainless steel (shaft), Viton® (O-ring),tubing connection 14mmMagnetic drive pump 29 Watt: Motor 230V, material PP (fibre-glass reinforced), ceramics (shaft), Rulon (guide bearing),Viton® (O-ring), suction/discharge G ¾" OT (BSP)

12

Lutz Pumpen GmbH

Description Flowrate

Deliveryhead

PK Cat. No.

L / min. mWS15 Watt, without thread29 Watt, with ¾'' outer thread

1224

2.03.0

11

9.880 3609.880 361

1

2

Laboratory peristaltic pumps, PLPCompact laboratory peristaltic pumps with stepless, adjustable flow rate, pump rotor,two compression and four guide rollers. Changing pump tubing is easy, no tools or otheraids are required. For 220V 50Hz a.c. supplies.

3Dülabo Laborgeräte

Type Flowrate

Weight PK Cat. No.

ml/min. gPLP 33PLP 66PLP 330PLP 1000

7 - 3317 - 66

66 - 400250 - 1000

1300130013001440

1111

9.700 4209.700 4219.700 4229.700 423

3

Peristaltic Multichannel Pump PLP 380Flow rates from 0.0002 to 380 ml/min. The speed can be adjusted manually orautomatically through optional external control. Easy to operate.- Accepts various pump heads- Prime key for fast filling and emptying- Adjust speed manually or automatically through optional external control- Memory function, storing the running parameters automatically- Membrane keypad, easy to operate- Good performance and low price

4Dülabo Laborgeräte

Specifications:Speed: 0.1 to 100rpm, reversibleSpeed precision: 0.1rpmSpeed control: Membrane keypadDisplay: 3-digit LED displays current rpmCommunication interface: RS485Power supply: 90 bis 260 Vac 50/ 60 HzPower consumption: < 30 WOperating condition: 0 to 40°CRelative humidity: < 80%Dimensions (L x W x H in mm): 232 x 142 x 149Drive weight (without Pump Head): 2.3kgIP rating: IP 31

Type Description Flowrate

PK Cat. No.

ml/min.PLP 380 Peristaltic pump 0.00025 - 380 1 9.700 430

4

9.880 361

9.880 360

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 127: 8. Liquid Handling

955

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Peristaltic Pump PLP 6000Easy to operate. DC brushless motor and close loop control integrate circuit. It features big torque, small vibration, high efficiency and non maintenance.Flow rates from 4.2 to 6000 ml/min. The speed can be adjusted manually or automatically through optional external control.- Accepts various pump heads- Prime key for fast filling and emptying- Adjust speed manually or automatically through optional external control- Memory function, storing the running parameters automatically- High torque grants the use of double channel pump heads- Easy to operate through start/stop switch and rotary encoded switch for speed control- Good performance and low price

1Dülabo Laborgeräte

SpecificationsSpeed: 60 to 600rpmSpeed precision: ±1%Resolution: 1rpmTorque: >=1.60 NmSpeed control: Start/stop switch and rotary encoded switchDisplay: 3-digit LED displays current rpmCommunication interface: RS485Power supply: 176 to 264 Vac 50/ 60 HzPower consumption: < 200 WOperating condition: 0 to 40°CRelative humidity: < 80%Dimensions (L x W x H in mm): 285 x 207 x 180Drive weight (without Pump Head): 5.2kgIP rating: IP 31

Type Description Flowrate

PK Cat. No.

ml/min.PLP 6000 Peristaltic pump 4.2 - 6000 1 9.700 433

1

Pump Heads for PLP 380, PLP 2000 and PLP 6000Dülabo Laborgeräte

Type Flowrate

Max.speed

Rollers Channels Weight For Type PK Cat. No.

L / min. rpm kgPPH 103PPH 303PPH 5061PPH 5062PPH 603PPH 7042

22001600

4848

60001800

600600100100600600

336634

111212

0.400.350.210.270.790.82

PLP 380, PLP 380 multi, PLP 2200, PLP 6000PLP 380, PLP 380 multi, PLP 2200, PLP 6000PLP 380PLP 380, PLP 380 multiPLP 6000PLP 6000

111111

9.700 4359.700 4369.700 4379.700 4389.700 4429.700 443

Flow rate PLP 380Dülabo Laborgeräte

Pump HeadPPH 103PPH 303PPH 5061PPH 5062

Channels1112

Flow rate per channel ml/min0.07 - 3801.7 - 1500.00025 - 480.00025 - 48

Flow rate PLP 6000Dülabo Laborgeräte

Pump HeadPPH 103PPH 303PPH 603PPH 7042

Channels1112

Flow rate per channel ml/min4.2 - 2200100 - 1600200 - 600050 - 1800

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 128: 8. Liquid Handling

956

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Compact peristaltic pumps MS-CAFlow rate 0.021 to 26ml/min. Simple Click'n'go mini tubing assembly cartridges.- 3-stop colour-coded tubing- fixed-speed motor- Dimensions MS-CA2 (WxDxH): 88 x 135 x 125mm- Dimensions MS-CA4 (W x D x H): 88 x 135 x 145mm

1Ismatec

Type Rotationspeed

Flowrate

Channels Rollers PK Cat. No.

rpm ml/min.MS-CA 2/620MS-CA 2/660MS-CA 2/640MS-CA 2/840MS-CA 2/820MS-CA 2/860

206040402060

0.028 - 8.50.083 - 26.0

0.6 - 170.043 - 14

0.021 - 7.10.064 - 21.0

222222

666888

111111

9.828 1429.828 1469.828 1449.828 1549.828 1529.828 156

1

Pumps, peristaltic, Reglo-AnalogueFor high precision pumping in the ml-range and below (0.002 to 68ml/min). SimpleClick'n'go mini tubing assembly cartridges. With remote control for on/off and speed.- speed setting: 2-99%, resolution: 1%- power consumption 20W- overload control- analogue interface- for 0.13 to 3.17mm tubing i.d.- 3-stop, colour-coded tubing

2Ismatec

Dimensions (WxDxH)2-channel versions: 100 x 178 x 143 mm4-channel versions: 100 x 190 x 143 mm

Type Rotationspeed

Flowrate

Channels Rollers PK Cat. No.

rpm ml/min.MS-2/6-160MS-2/8-160MS-2/12-160MS-4/6-100MS-4/8-100MS-4/12-100

3.2 - 1603.2 - 1603.2 - 1602,0 - 1002,0 - 1002,0 - 100

0.005 - 680.004 - 570.003 - 380.003 - 430.003 - 350.002 - 24

222444

68

1268

12

111111

9.828 4709.828 4719.828 4749.828 4729.828 4739.828 475

2

Pumps, peristaltic, Reglo-DigitalFor high precision pumping in the ml-range and below (0.001 to 68ml/min). Simple Click'n'go mini tubing assembly cartridges.Microprocessor controlled, with RS232 interface and can be calibrated. Programmable flow rates, dispensing volume and pause times. Digital LED display. For: 0.13 to 3.17mm i.d. tubing.

Programmable functions:- ml/min- the drive speed (rpm)- drip-free by rolling back steps- calibration: ml/min (flow rate); ml (volume)- power ON/OFF

Dosing by:- volume ml- volume/unit time- metering (0.1 to 999 hours)- interval metering with preset pause- selectable number of dispensing

3Ismatec

Type Rotationspeed

Flowrate

Inputs Rollers PK Cat. No.

rpm ml/min.MS-2/6-160MS-2/8-160MS-2/12-160MS-4/6-100MS-4/8-100MS-4/12-100

1.6 - 1601.6 - 1601.6 - 1601.0 - 1001.0 - 1001.0 - 100

0.003 - 680.002 - 570.002 - 380.002 - 430.002 - 350.001 - 24

222444

68

1268

12

111111

9.828 4809.828 4819.828 4849.828 4829.828 4839.828 485

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 129: 8. Liquid Handling

957

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pumps, peristaltic, EcolineFlow rate 0.003 to 5400 ml/min. Robust and economical. Stainless steel housing. Easy handling. For all applications in laboratory and industry.

Ecoline VC-280:Economical, basic, single-channel drive model for flow rates up to 5.4 l/min. with variable speed.

Ecoline VC-360 and VC380:1-channel tubing pumps, microprocessor controlled. With 2-digit potentiometer, scaled 1 to 99% and analogue interface for Start/Stop, rotation direction, speed control (0 to 5 or 0 to 10V/0 to 20 or 4 to 20mA).

Ecoline VC-drive without pump heads:- combinable with Easy-Load®, MS/CA 8-6 and MS/CA 4-12 pumpheads

12

Ismatec

Type Channels Rollers Flow rate To fittubing

PK Cat. No.

ml / min. mmVC-280 IIVC-360 IIVC-380 IIEcoline VC-driveEasy-Load®

MS/CA 8-6MS/CA4-12

111

184

233

36

12

1.7 - 54000.25 - 13001.6 - 50000.23 - 54000.23 - 16000.005 - 1500.003 - 83

1.6 - 11.10.8 - 6.41.6 - 11.1-0.8 - 8.00.13 - 3.170.13 - 3.17

1111111

9.828 5139.828 5149.828 5159.828 5169.828 3919.828 3769.828 378

Peristaltic pumps, Reglo ICCIndependent 3-Channel Control Pump- Increased efficiency- Control of complex pump applications with only one pump- Controlled by computer or directly through the control panel on the pump- Continuous pumping and precise dosing- Flexible bi-directional flow direction in each channel- Self-priming- Especially for viscous or foaming liquids, also when containing particles or live cells- Contamination-free pumping even under sterile conditions

3Ismatec

Specifications:Flow rate: 0.002 to 35ml/minDifferential Pressure: Max. 1.0 bar (14.5 psi)

Type PK Cat. No.

Reglo ICC 1 9.828 487

9.828 514 9.828 515

1 2 3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 130: 8. Liquid Handling

958

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pumps, peristaltic, multichannel, precision, IPC, IPC-N-IP and IP-NIP and IP-N series, without dispensing features- Microprocessor controlled- very precise pumpingIPC and IPC-N series, with dispensing features- Microprocessor controlled- very precise pumping- with "standby-mode" (prevents draining the tubing line e.g. overnight)- with dispensing and calibration functionsIPC-N and IP-N series- 4, 8, 12, 16 or 24 channels- 8 actively driven stainless steel rollers- Transparent keyboard and LED-display- Click´n´go cassettes providing defined and repeatable occlusion conditions.- different tube sizes can be inserted in each channel.- 2 Stopper tubes- Differential pressure: 1.0 bar

1Ismatec

Specifications IPC and IPC-N:Motor type: d.c. motorFlow rates: IPC: 0.4 up to 44 l/min

IPC-N: 0.11 up to 11.25 l/minSpeed range: 1 to 100 %, resolution 0.1 %

in µl/min to ml/minInput: 30WSupply requirements: 230V 50Hz, 115V 60Hz (selectable)Protection class: IP 30Specifications IP and IP-N:Motor type: d.c. motorFlow rates: IP: 0.4 up to 44 l/min

IP-N: 0.11 up to 11.25 l/minSpeed range: 1 to 100 %, resolution 0.1 %

IP; rpm, resolution 0.1 l/minIP-N: rpm, resolution 0.03 l/min

Input: 30WSupply requirements: 230V 50Hz, 115V 60Hz a.c. (selectable)Protection class: IP 30

Type Flowrate

Inputs Dimensions(W x D x H)

PK Cat. No.

ml/min. mmIP-4IP-8IP-12IP-16IP-24IP-N-4IP-N-8IP-N-12IP-N-16IP-N-24Foot switch T-51-SIPC-4IPC-8IPC-12IPC-16IPC-24IPC-N-4IPC-N-8IPC-N-12IPC-N-16IPC-N-24

0.002 - 440.002 - 440.002 - 440.002 - 440.002 - 44

0.0004 - 110.0004 - 110.0004 - 110.0004 - 110.0004 - 11

-0.002 - 440.002 - 440.002 - 440.002 - 440.002 - 44

0.0004 - 110.0004 - 110.0004 - 110.0004 - 110.0004 - 11

4812162448121624-4812162448121624

175 x 180 x 130175 x 220 x 130175 x 260 x 130175 x 300 x 130175 x 380 x 130175 x 180 x 130175 x 220 x 130175 x 260 x 130175 x 300 x 130175 x 380 x 130-175 x 180 x 130175 x 220 x 130175 x 260 x 130175 x 300 x 130175 x 380 x 130175 x 180 x 130175 x 220 x 130175 x 260 x 130175 x 300 x 130175 x 380 x 130

111111111111111111111

9.828 3469.828 3479.828 3489.828 3499.828 3509.828 3569.828 3579.828 3589.828 3609.828 3709.828 3599.828 3519.828 3529.828 3539.828 3549.828 3559.828 3619.828 3629.828 3639.828 3649.828 365

1

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 131: 8. Liquid Handling

959

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pump, peristaltic, Flowmaster FMT 300Offers high flow rates from 37ml/min to 13l/min for industrial applications. Protection level IP65, sterile tube insertion without priming. Simple detachable pumphead makescleaning easy, no tools required. Dispensing in intervals possible.

1Ismatec

SpecificationsPumping speed: 5 to 500rpm, accuracy 0.1rpm, waterproof keypad, LED readoutPower consumption: 500WPower supply: 115/230V 60Hz a.c., switchableProtection: IP 65Dimensions (HxWxD): 220x500x262mmWeight: 26kgFlowrate: 37 ml/min - 13l/minPumphead: Comprises a 3-roller pumphead for tubing with a thickness of 3.2 mm

Type PK Cat. No.

Flowmaster FMT 300 1 9.828 541

1

Peristaltic pump drives, BVP-Standard/BVP-ProcessCan be combined with over 20 pump-heads for flow rates of 0.01 to 3700ml/min (depending on pump-head).For the continuous pumping of liquids and suspensions with up to 60 % solids content according to capacity or time. Analogue interface for Start/Stop, rotation direction, autostart. LED display on BVP Process. Stainless steel housing, dust-tight and water-proof. Dimensions (W X D x H): 155 x 220 x 260mm (without pump-head). Power supply: 230V/50Hz, 115V/60Hz

Specifications: BVP Standard- speed 2.4 to 240 rpm- speed setting: 1-99.9%, resolution 0.1%- protection rating: IP30- weight: 5.7kg

Specifications: BVP Process- speed 1 to 240 rpm- speed setting: rpm, resolution: 0.1 rpm- protection rating: IP65- weight: 6.9kg

23

Ismatec

Type Flow rate PK Cat. No.

ml / min.

BVP-StandardBVP-Process

0.003 - 37000.001 - 3700

11

9.828 3669.828 512

2 3

9.828 5129.828 366

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 132: 8. Liquid Handling

960

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Peristaltic pump drives, MCP standard/MCP processCan be combined with over 20 pumpheads for flow rates of 0.01 to 3700ml/min(depending on pump-head).Combined peristaltic pump and precise dispenser. Microprocessor controlled, with precise controlled rotation speed andmetering unit for 1 to 24 pump channels. The speed (1rpm to 240rpm) is adjustable to 0.1rpm, key-pad with LED-display, programmable. Different dosing modes supply very exact and reproducible results. With RS232 interface,tubing valve operation, dosing handle and foot switch. Can be used for sterile dosing up to 135°C (with adequatetubing). Dimensions (WxDxH): 155mm x 220mm x 260 mm (without pumphead).

Programmable functions:- ml/min- drive speed- drop-free (roller reverse step)- calibration ml/min in ml (volume)- drive unit on/offDosing:- volume ml- volume/time unit- dosing time (0.1 to 999 h)Additonal functions MCP process:- progammable sequences- dust-tight and water-proof

1Ismatec

Specifications MCP-ProcessMotor type: d.c. motorSpeed: 1 to 240rpmSpeed setting: rpm, resolution 0.1rpmFlow rate setting: ml/min, ml/min, l/minPower consumption: 100WPower supply: 100 to 230V, 50 to 60Hz a.c.Protection rating: IP65Weight: 6.9kg (without pumphead)

MCP-StandardMotor type: d.c. motorSpeed: 1 to 240rpmSpeed setting: rpm, resolution 0.1rpmFlow rate setting: ml/min, ml/min, l/minPower consumption: 100WPower supply: 230V 50Hz; 115V, 60Hz a.c. selectableProtection rating: IP30Weight: 6.4kg (without pumphead)

Type PK Cat. No.

MCP-ProcessMCP-Standard

11

9.828 5109.828 367

1

Single-channel-pumpheads for peristaltic pumps BVP-Standard (-Process) andMCP-Standard (-Process) drive units

2

Ismatec

Pumpheadtype

Inputs Flow rate Rollers PK Cat. No.

ml / min.7518-10 Easy-Load®*Easy-Load removable platePTFE tubing pumphead*

1-1

0.07 - 1100-0.07 - 45

3

6

111

9.828 3919.828 5309.828 395

2

* Removable plate 9.828 530 is required for operation.

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 133: 8. Liquid Handling

961

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Single-channel pumpheads for BVP-Standard (-Process) and MCP-Standard (-Process) peristaltic pump drive units

For tubing with max. wall thickness: 1.6mm

1

Ismatec

Pumpheadtype

Flow rate Inputs Rollers PK Cat. No.

ml / min.360380380 AD**Pro 280Pro 380Pro 281*Pro 381*

0.072 - 5300.44 - 28000.41 - 36000.49 - 37000.45 - 34003.6 - 31003.3 - 2900

1111111

3332323

1111111

9.828 3719.828 3729.828 3739.828 5209.828 5219.828 3949.828 396

* Tubing wall thickness 2.4 mm**Pump head for tubing wall thickness of 1.6 to 2.4 mm

1

Multichannel pumpheads for BVP-Standard/Process and MCP-Standard/Process drive units

2

Ismatec

Pumpheadtype

Flow rate Inputs Rollers PK Cat. No.

ml / min.SB removable plateSB-3V*SB-2V*

-0.09 - 5301.1 - 1100

-32

666

111

9.828 5339.828 2169.828 215

* Removable plate 9.828 533 is required for operation.

Multichannel pumpheads for BVP-Standard/Process and MCP-Standard/Process drive units3 4

Ismatec

Pumpheadtype

Flow rate Inputs Rollers PK Cat. No.

ml / min.CA4CA8CA12MS/CA8-6*MS/CA4-12**MS/CA8 cartridge blockMS/CA4-12 cartridge block

0.002 - 2300.002 - 2300.002 - 2300.002 - 1000.001 - 570.002 - 1000.001 - 57

48128484

8886

126

12

1111111

9.828 3799.828 3809.828 3819.828 3759.828 3779.828 3769.828 378

*extendible to 24 channels**extendible to 16 channels

3 4

2

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 134: 8. Liquid Handling

962

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Peristaltic pumps-Dosing pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Peristaltic pump rotarus® standard and volumePeristaltic pumps for continuous delivery in speed ranges from 0.2 to 100 revolutions per minute(rotarus® standard 50/50i) and 5 to 500 revolutions per minute (rotarus® Volume 100/100i).rotarus® standard 50 is the powerful basic model in the peristaltic pump series. The cost-effective, precise deliverypump for small delivery volumes and high viscosities is ideal for flexible applications, thanks to the use of diverse pumpheads and hoses. The control panel on the housing enables simple and rapid configuration of the most importantparameters, and the speed can be programmed directly on the unit. Performance class with 50 Watt ensures exactdelivery in speed ranges from 0.2 to 100 revolutions per minute.rotarus® volume 100 is a comfortable, rapid dispensing pump for high flow rates with control options for velocity, flowrate, dispensing duration and total volume. Variable cycles and graduated pump speeds can be controlled reliably andprecisely. Performance class with 100 Watt ensures rapid delivery in speed ranges from 5 to 500 revolutions per minute.RFID technology is used in the rotarus® volume to automatically detect the pump head and hose. The model also hasautomatic blockage detection and hose rupture monitoring as well as a method memory. In addition, rotarus® volume isequipped with an external control unit with touchscreen.Overview of details:- Housings with a white powder coating (rotarus® 50/100; protection class IP54) or inox stainless steel design

(rotarus® 50i/100i, protection class IP65).- Pump head connection technology for rapid handling.- For pump drive a choice of two different motors with 50 or 100 watt is available to suit the application, flow rate and

fluid.- Changeable pump heads, single and multichannel design.- Rapid tool-free changing of pump heads.- Control panel located directly on pump housing.- Calibratable.- Operation with 24 V DC.- USB and RS232 interface for PC link using interface (available as accessory).- Pump heads from other manufacturers can be fitted without difficulty using an adapter.- Comprehensive accessory range.Supplied with:- rotarus® standard 50/50i, external power supply unit, junction cable for EU, UK, US.- rotarus® volume 100/100i, external power supply unit, junction cable for EU, UK, US, control unit.

1

2

Hirschmann

Type PK Cat. No.

standard 50standard 50ivolume 100volume 100i

1111

6.258 6296.258 6306.257 2476.256 566

1

2

Rotarus® pump headsHirschmann

Type Description Channels Rollers PK Cat. No.

PK 10-16PK 10-24MKF 4-8MKF 8-4MKF 12-8

Single channel pump head for tube with WT 1.6mmSingle channel pump head for tube with WT 2.4mm4 Channel pump head for stopper tubes8 Channel pump head for stopper tubes12 Channel pump head for stopper tubes

1148

12

33848

11111

9.880 3809.880 3819.880 3829.880 3839.880 384

Laboratory syringe pump SP1090 with controllerSP1090:- Single-channel micro syringe pump with two flow directions- Controller is separated from the drive- For standard syringes from 5 ul - 60 ml- Flow rates of 0.138 ml/min - 52.94 ml/min- Speed of 7.94 um/min - 79.4 mm/min- 100 - 240 VAC or 12 VDCTJS:- Operated via a keypad and rotary encoder- Easy syringe selection using an included syringe list or custom syringe input- Amount, flow rate or feed rate can be displayed- LCD display, 128 x 64- RS485 interface- 100 - 240 VAC or 12 VDC

34

Dülabo Laborgeräte

Description Dimensions(W x D x H)

Weight PK Cat. No.

mm kgSyringe pump 1090Controller TJS

100 x 245 x 95108 x 170 x 65

1.30.5

11

6.266 9936.266 994

3

4

6.256 566

6.258 629

6.266 993

6.266 994

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 135: 8. Liquid Handling

963

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Dosing pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Syringe pumps Legato®

The Legato® series syringe pumps provide the smoothest most accurate flow available.These innovative syringe pumps, offer unparalleled ease of use through the high resolution touch screen user interface. The intuitive touch screen enables the user to quickly create configurations and recall them for ease of use.All of the pump operating parameters are presented to the user on an easy to view run screen.Single syringe, single remote syringe, dual syringe and multirack configurations are available along with the infuse only or infuse/withdraw/continuous operation (model dependent).- Single and dual syringe infuse, infuse withdraw & continuous models- Holds syringe sizes from 0.5ul to 140 ml (Model dependent)- High resolution, chemically resistant colour touch screen display- Flow rates down to the picoliter/min (Model dependent)- Built in syringe selection table- Programmable interface without the need for a PC (Model dependent)- USB/RS-232/TTL Interfaces for external control (RS232 available on Legato® 200 Series Only)- Rugged construction with cold rolled steel chassis- Integrated spill damApplications: Electrospinning, Flow Cytometry, Microfluidics, Mass Spec, Drug Discovery, Organic Synthesis,Nanofluidics, Stereotaxic Injections

Legato® 100 Single Syringe Infusion PumpAccommodates 1 syringe from 0.5μl to 60ml. Entry level pump in the Legato® series. This pump is ideal for applicationswhere a single syringe is used. It allows a wide flow range from 1.26pl/min up to 88.28ml/min.Legato® 101 Dual Syringe Nanoliter PumpAccommodates 2 syringes from 0.5μl to 10ml. This infusion only pump is ideal for surface plasma resonance, organicsynthesis and other applications where dual syringes are required with small volumes under 10ml. The Minimum flow rate1.26pl/min for a 0.5μl syringe up to 25.99ml/min.Legato® 110 Single Syringe Infusion/Withdraw PumpAccommodates 1 syringe from 0.5μl to 60ml. The Legato® 110 is based on the Legato® 100. It offers infuse/withdraw flowcontrol and programmability for up to two multi-step programs of 50 steps each. This pump is ideal for more complexmulti-step dosing and has multi-mode operation including infusion only, withdrawal only, infusion and withdrawal andwithdrawal/infusion modes. It allows a wide flow range from 1.26pl/min up to 88.28ml/min.Legato® 200 Dual Syringe Infusion PumpAccommodates 1 syringe from 0.5μl to 140ml. This unit supports infuse only. User definable flow rates with selectable target volumes or time values to control the total infusion volume. It allows a wide flow range from 3.06pl/min up to 105ml/min.Legato® 210 Dual Syringe Infuse/Withdraw PumpAccommodates 2 syringes from 0.5μl to 140ml. This unit supports infuse only, withdraw only, infuse/withdraw,withdraw/infuse and continuous mode. User defined flow rates with selectable target volumes. It allows a wide flow rangefrom 3.06pl/min up to 105ml/min.

12

Harvard Bioscience

Description Dimensions(W x D x H)

Weight PK Cat. No.

mm kgLegato® 100Legato® 101Legato® 110Legato® 200Legato® 210

226 x 191 x 150226 x 191 x 150226 x 191 x 150889 x 254 x 279889 x 254 x 279

2.72.72.75.05.0

11111

6.267 7066.267 7076.267 7086.267 7016.267 702

1

2

Disposable syringes - please see page 1358.

Multi-Rack for syringe pumps Legato® 200 and Legato® 210Modular syringe racks can be purchased to create a multichannel syringe pump.These racks will work with the Legato® 200 or Legato® 210 only. All of them could be forinfuse only as well.

Small Syringe Multi-Rack: The small syringe multi-rack will accommodate up to six 30ml to 60ml syringes or up to ten 0.5μl to 20ml syringes. For Infuse/Withdraw applications.Large Syringe Multi-Rack: The large syringe multi-rack will accommodate up to four 60ml to 140ml plastic syringes.For Infuse/Withdraw applications.Microliter Syringe Multi-Rack: The microliter syringe multi-rack will accommodate up to four 0.5µl to 10ml syringes.For Infuse/Withdraw applications.

3

Harvard Bioscience

Description PK Cat. No.

Small Syringe Multi-RackLarge Syringe Multi-RackMicroliter Syringe Multi-Rack

111

6.267 7036.267 7046.267 705

3

6.267 707

6.267 708

6.267 704

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 136: 8. Liquid Handling

964

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Dosing pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Diaphragm liquid pumps LIQUIPORT®

The LIQUIPORT® diaphragm liquid pumps of the NF 100/1.100_.18 S series reliablypump neutral and aggressive liquids. A knob with LED makes it easy to vary the pumpingcapacity. These pumps work quietly and with low vibrations.- acid, alkali, solvent resistant- self-priming- dry running- maintenance-free- splashproof (IP65 level)- flow rate manually adjustable, LED display- standby mode- maximum pressure limitation- quiet pumping, low vibrations.

Pump head material:KT = PPTT = PVDFMembrane: PTFE coatedValves: FFPM

1KNF

SpecificationsSuction head: 3 mWSPressure head: 10 mWSAmbient temp.: +5 to +40°CLiquid temp.: +5 to +80°CSupply requirements: 100-230V, 50/60Hz

Type Flowrate

Int.diam.

Rating Weight Width Length Height PK Cat. No.

l / min. mm W kg mm mm mm

NF 100 KT.18 SNF 100 TT.18 SNF 300 KT.18 SNF 300 TT.18 S

0.2 to 1.30.2 to 1.30.5 to 3.00.5 to 3.0

88

1212

12122424

1.01.01.51.5

9999

104104

130130160160

177177190190

1111

9.880 5979.880 5989.880 5999.880 600

Further designs available on request.

1

We can supply this

manufacturer’swhole

product range !

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 137: 8. Liquid Handling

965

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Dosing pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Chemically-resistant Diaphragm Dosing Pumps SIMDOS®

The chemically-resistant diaphragm pumps SIMDOS 02 and SIMDOS 10 are the idealsolution to transfer liquids accurately and reliably. With a repeatability of ±1%, this is true forsmall volumes, too. The pump head of SIMDOS 02 and SIMDOS 10 is available in PP, PVDF and PTFE. The valve material is FFKM, the diaphragm is PTFE covered.The advantages of SIMDOS 02 and SIMDOS 10:- Simple and intuitive operation, easy calibration- Adaptable to fluid characteristics- Self priming and dry-running safe- Analog and impulse control (RC)- Splashproof IP65- Small footprintControl versions:S - Version- Manual operationRC - Version:- Start/Stop through logic control (TTL)- Reset/Prime through logic control (TTL)- Output signal fault alarm- Cable for external control included- RS 232 port available on request

1

KNF

Specifications SIMDOS 02/SIMDOS 10Max. pressure: 6barPower supply: 100 - 240V/50 - 60HzAllowed ambient temperature: +5 to +40°CAllowed liquid temperature: +5 to +80°CMaximum viscosity: 150cStRepeatability: ±1%Power consumption: 10W/24WProtection class: IP65Dimensions: 140 x 87 x 130mm/150 x 93 x 144mmWeight: 0.9kgHydraulic connectionSIMDOS 02: UNF 1/4"-28SIMDOS 10: Tubing 4mm ID/6mm OD

1

Type Head Control Flowrate

Dosing volume

Max. suction height

PK Cat. No.

FEM 1.02 KT.18 SFEM 1.02 TT.18 SFEM 1.02 FT.18 SFEM 1.02 KT.18 RCFEM 1.02 TT.18 RCFEM 1.02 FT.18 RCFEM 1.10 KT.18 S2FEM 1.10 TT.18 S2FEM 1.10 FT.18 S2FEM 1.10 KT.18 RC2FEM 1.10 FT.18 RC2

PPPVDFPTFEPPPVDFPTFEPPPVDFPTFEPPPTFE

S-Version (manual)S-Version (manual)S-Version (manual)RC-Version (man./extern)RC-Version (man./extern)RC-Version (man./extern)S-Version (manual)S-Version (manual)S-Version (manual)RC-Version (man./extern)RC-Version (man./extern)

30µl - 20ml/min30µl - 20ml/min30µl - 20ml/min30µl - 20ml/min30µl - 20ml/min30µl - 20ml/min1ml - 100ml/min1ml - 100ml/min1ml - 100ml/min1ml - 100ml/min1ml - 100ml/min

30µl - 999 ml30µl - 999 ml30µl - 999 ml30µl - 999 ml30µl - 999 ml30µl - 999ml1 - 999ml1 -999ml1 - 999ml1 - 999ml1 - 999ml

2m2m2m2m2m2m3m3m3m3m3m

11111111111

9.880 5659.880 5679.880 5699.880 5669.880 5689.880 5706.268 3916.268 3936.268 3896.268 3926.268 390

The pump is also available with an RS 232 port on request (RCP).

Double diaphragm pumps, oil-freeOil-free, air-operated, double diaphragm pumps are an ideal solution for handlingviscous, corrosive, abrasive and flammable liquids. The pumps are available inPolypropylene (PP), PVDF and Nylon. The diaphragms, balls and valve seats are available in Geolast® and PTFE. Solids up to 1.6mm diameter can be pumped.

2Lutz Pumpen GmbH

SpecificationsFlow rate: 16L/minSuction lift dry: 6mOperating pressure: min. 1.4 bar/max. 6.8 barTemperature max: 66°CSuction/ Discharge: ¼” BSP female

2

Description Material Membrane PK Cat. No.

For liquids based on water,lubricant, mineral oilFor corrosive liquids,inorganic alkalis and acidsFor concentrated alkalis andacids with higher temperatureFor solvents, paints, fuel

PP

PP

PVDF

Nylon

Geolast®

PTFE

PTFE

PTFE

1

1

1

1

9.880 350

9.880 351

9.880 352

9.880 353

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 138: 8. Liquid Handling

966

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Gear pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Gear pump drives, MCP-Z-Standard, MCP-Z-ProcessFlow rate 1 to 7241 ml/min (depending on pump-head). 2 drive units can becombined with 20 interchangeable magnetically-coupled pumpheads. Flow rates of 1 to7241ml/min. are attainable with pulse-free flow. Up to 5.6 bar differential pressure and 21 bar system pressure.

MCP-Z-StandardMicroprocessor controlled. Digital display of rotation speed, flow rate, dispensing volume or dispensing time. 4 programme memory and 6 programmable pumping or dispensing functions with calibration mode. Flow rates stored for 20 pumpheads. With RS232 and analogue interfaces.

MCP-Z-ProcessIndustrial process-adapted drive, dust and watertight, washdown (IP 65) capability through completely sealed stainlesssteel housing. PC programmed processes can be stored in the pump memory and operated without PC. Otherspecifications are as MCP-Z-Standard.

Specifications:MCP-Z Standard- speed: 60-6000 min-1

- speed setting: 1-99.9%, resolution 0.1%- power supply: 230 V/50 Hz - 115 V/60 Hz- weight: 6.4 kg (without pump head)- protection rating: IP 30

Specifications: MCP-Z Process- speed: 60-6000 min-1

- speed setting: min-1. resolution: 0.1 min-1

- power supply: 100-230V/50-60Hz- weight: 6.9 kg (without pump head)- protection rating: IP 65

12

Ismatec

Type PK Cat. No.

MCP-Z-StandardMCP-Z-ProcessSpare magnet for MCP-Z-StandardSpare magnet for MCP-Z-Process

1111

9.828 3089.828 3099.828 3449.828 345

Please order two tubing connectors separately.Tubing connectors - see Gear pump heads.

1

2

Gear pump drive BVP-ZFlow rates of 1 to 7241ml/min. Motor speed: 60 to 6000 rpm, adjustable in 0.1% steps.Up to 5.2 bar differential pressure and 21 bar system pressure,Rotation speed adjustable via 2 or 3-digit, mechanical push-button potentiometer, with analogue interface and double overload protection. With magnet.- Weight 5.7kg- 155 x 220 x 260mm- Supply requirements: 230V 50Hz, 150W

3Ismatec

Type PK Cat. No.

BVP-ZSpare magnet for BVP-Z

11

9.828 3079.828 344

Please order two tubing connectors separately.Tubing connectors - see Gear pump heads.

3

9.828 308

9.828 309

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om

Page 139: 8. Liquid Handling

967

8. Liquid HandlingPumps/Rotary piston pumps

GENERAL CATALOGUE EDITION 19

E & OE.

Pumps, liquid, ceramic piston, MCP-CPF ProcessFlow-rate from 0.025 to 2300 ml/min (depending of the pump head).Operate on a valveless rotating piston principle with liquid pathway materials made ofsapphire-hard, chemically inert ceramic (99.7 % Al2O3). Ideal for chemically aggressive and viscous or crystallizingmaterials. Differential pressure up to 6.9 bar.Industrial process-adapted drive, dust- and water-tight, with washdown (IP 65) capability due to completely sealedstainless steel housing. PC-programmed routines can be stored in the pump memory and run without needing a PC.

1Ismatec

SpecificationsMotor: d.c. motorRotation speed: 10.0 to 1800 rpm.Speed resolution: 1rpm, 0.1 rpm selectable.Flowrate setting: µl/min, ml/min, l/minPower rating: 100 WOverall (WxDxH): 155 x 220 x 260 mm (without pumphead)Safety protection: IP 65Weight: 6.9kg (without pumphead)Supply requirements: 100 to 230V a.c. 50/ 60 Hz

Type Flow rate Width Depth Height PK Cat. No.

ml / min. mm mm mmMCP-CPF processReglo-CPF*

0.025 - 23000.08 - 180

155100

220175

260135

11

9.828 5119.828 368

1

Gyro flask pumpheads for MCP-CPF-Process2

Ismatec

Type Pumphead

Workingvol.

Flow rate To fittubing

PK Cat. No.

µl ml / min. mmRH00SKY-LFRH00CKC-LFRH0CKCRH1CKC

steel SS316ceramicceramicceramic

2.5 - 252.5 - 25

5 - 5010 - 100

0.025 - 450.025 - 450.050 - 900.10 - 180

i.d. 1.5i.d. 1.5o.d. 6.4o.d. 6.4

1111

9.828 4239.828 4229.828 4209.828 421

Alternative Gyro flask pumpheads RH... and QP... available on request !

2

Gyro flask pumpheads for MCP-CPF Process pump drive3Ismatec

Type Pumphead

Workingvol.

Flow rate To fittubing

PK Cat. No.

µl ml / min. mmQP.QO.SSYQP.Q2.CSCQP.Q3.CKCQP.Q1.CSC.W*QP.Q2.CSC.W*QP.Q1.CSC-WT**QP.Q2.CSC-WT**

Steel SS316CeramicCeramicCeramicCeramicCeramicCeramic

3.2 - 8028.8 - 720

51.2 - 128012.8 - 32028.8 - 72012.8 - 32028.8 - 720

0.04 - 1440.29 - 13000.51 - 23000.13 - 5760.29 - 13000.13 - 5760.29 - 1300

6.49.512.79.59.59.59.5

1111111

9.828 4309.828 4329.828 4339.828 4349.828 4359.828 4249.828 425

Alternative pumpheads are available - details on request !*W - with rinsing inlet**WT - with rinsing and thermostatic control inlet

3

www.wenk-labtec.com

www.wen

k-lab

tec.c

om